R300LC-7 Shop Manual
R300LC-7 Shop Manual
R300LC-7 Shop Manual
1. STRUCTURE
This service manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the
serviceman an accurate understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to perform
repairs and make judgements. Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and use it to
full effect at every opportunity.
This service manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in
a service workshop.
For ease of understanding, the manual is divided into the following sections.
SECTION 1 GENERAL
This section explains the safety hints and gives the specification of the machine and major
components.
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
This section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an
understanding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
This section explains the hydraulic circuit, single and combined operation.
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
This section explains the electrical circuit, monitoring system and each component. It serves not only
to give an understanding electrical system, but also serves as reference material for trouble shooting.
SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
This section explains the computer aided power optimization system and each component.
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
This section explains the troubleshooting charts correlating problems to causes.
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
This section gives the judgement standards when inspecting disassembled parts.
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
This section explains the order to be followed when removing, installing, disassembling or assembling
each component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.
SECTION 9 COMPONENT MOUNTING TORQUE
This section shows bolt specifications and standard torque values needed when mounting
components to the machine.
The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any
advance notice. Contact your HYUNDAI distributor for the latest information.
0-1
2. HOW TO READ THE SERVICE MANUAL
Distribution and updating Revised edition mark(ΗΘΙÄ)
Any additions, amendments or other changes When a manual is revised, an edition mark is
will be sent to HYUNDAI distributors. recorded on the bottom outside corner of the
Get the most up-to-date information before you pages.
start any work.
Revisions
Filing method Revised pages are shown at the list of revised
1. See the page number on the bottom of the pages on the between the contents page and
page. section 1 page.
File the pages in correct order.
2. Following examples shows how to read the Symbols
page number. So that the shop manual can be of ample
Example 1 practical use, important places for safety and
2-3 quality are marked with the following symbols.
Item number(2. Structure and
Function)
Consecutive page number for Symbol Item Remarks
each item.
Special safety precautions are
3. Additional pages : Additional pages are necessary when performing
indicated by a hyphen(-) and number after the the work.
Safety
page number. File as in the example. Extra special safety precautions
10 - 4 are necessary when performing
the work because it is under
10 - 4 - 1
Added pages internal pressure.
10 - 4 - 2
Special technical precautions or
10 - 5
other precautions for preserving
ö Caution
standards are necessary when
performing the work.
0-2
3. CONVERSION TABLE
Method of using the Conversion Table
The Conversion Table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of
the method of using the Conversion Table, see the example given below.
Example
1. Method of using the Conversion Table to convert from millimeters to inches
Convert 55mm into inches.
(1) Locate the number 50in the vertical column at the left side, take this as ͽ, then draw a
horizontal line from ͽ.
(2) Locate the number 5in the row across the top, take this as ;, then draw a perpendicular line
down from ;.
(3) Take the point where the two lines cross as Ϳ. This point Ϳ gives the value when converting
from millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55mm = 2.165 inches.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0-3
Millimeters to inches 1mm = 0.03937in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
0-4
Liter to U.S. Gallon 1˶ = 0.2642 U.S.Gal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.631 25.625 25.889 26.153
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
0-5
kgfÂm to lbfÂft 1kgfÂm = 7.233lbfÂft
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 10005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
0-6
kgf/cm2 to lbf/in2 1kgf / cm2 = 14.2233lbf / in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1010 1024 1038 1053 1067 1081 1095 1109 1124
80 1138 1152 1166 1181 1195 1209 1223 1237 1252 1266
90 1280 1294 1309 1323 1337 1351 1365 1380 1394 1408
100 1422 1437 1451 1465 1479 1493 1508 1522 1536 1550
110 1565 1579 1593 1607 1621 1636 1650 1664 1678 1693
120 1707 1721 1735 1749 1764 1778 1792 1806 1821 1835
130 1849 2863 1877 1892 1906 1920 1934 1949 1963 1977
140 1991 2005 2020 2034 2048 2062 2077 2091 2105 2119
150 2134 2148 2162 2176 2190 2205 2219 2233 2247 2262
160 2276 2290 2304 2318 2333 2347 2361 2375 2389 2404
170 2418 2432 2446 2460 2475 2489 2503 2518 2532 2546
180 2560 2574 2589 5603 2617 2631 2646 2660 2674 2688
200 2845 2859 2873 2887 2901 2916 2930 2944 2958 2973
210 2987 3001 3015 3030 3044 3058 3072 3086 3101 3115
220 3129 3143 3158 3172 3186 3200 3214 3229 3243 3257
230 3271 3286 3300 3314 3328 3343 3357 3371 3385 3399
240 3414 3428 3442 3456 3470 3485 3499 3513 3527 3542
0-7
TEMPERATURE
Fahrenheit-Centigrade Conversion.
A simple way to convert a fahrenheit temperature reading into a centigrade temperature reading or vice
verse is to enter the accompanying table in the center or boldface column of figures.
These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column as a table
of Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column as a table
of Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
Á
C Á
F Á
C Á
F Á
C Á
F Á
C Á
F
0-8
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Safety Hints - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-1
Group 2 Specifications - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-9
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
Group 1 Before Troubleshooting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-1
Group 2 Hydraulic and Mechanical System - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-4
Group 3 Electrical System - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-24
Group 4 Mechatronics System - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-40
13031GE01
13031GE02
1-1
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors,
ambulance service, hospital, and fire
department near your telephone.
13031GE04
13031GE05
13031GE06
13031GE07
1-2
KEEP RIDERS OFF EXCAVATOR
Only allow the operator on the excavator. Keep
riders off.
Riders on excavator are subject to injury such
as being struck by foreign objects and being
thrown off the excavator. Riders also obstruct
the operator's view resulting in the excavator
being operated in an unsafe manner.
13031GE08
13031GE26
1-3
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
Always lower the attachment or implement to
the ground before you work on the machine. If
you must work on a lifted machine or
attachment, securely support the machine or
attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks,
hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under
continuous load. 13031GE10
13031GE11
13031GE12
13031GE13
1-4
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes
can cause sickness or death.
If you must operate in a building, be positive
there is adequate ventilation. Either use an
exhaust pipe extension to remove the exhaust
fumes or open doors and windows to bring
enough outside air into the area.
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR
HEATING
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint
is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
Remove paint before welding or heating:
 If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the
dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
ÂIf you use solvent or paint stripper, remove
13031GE14
stripper with soap and water before welding.
Remove solvent or paint stripper containers
and other flammable material from area.
Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
13031GE15
1-5
SERVICE MACHINE SAFELY
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a
necktie, scarf, loose clothing or necklace when
you work near machine tools or moving parts.
If these items were to get caught, severe injury
could result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent
electrical shorts and entanglement in moving
parts. 13031GE16
13031GE17
13031GE19
1-6
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED
FLUID LINES
Flammable spray can be generated by heating
near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe
burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat
by welding, soldering, or using a torch near
pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials.
Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when
heat goes beyond the immediate flame area. 13031GE20
or vegetable oil.
3. Get medical attention immediately.
1-7
USE TOOLS PROPERLY
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift
tools, parts, and procedures can create safety
hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded tools
and fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the
correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S.
measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid
bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches. 13031GE23
13031GE25
1-8
GROUP 2 SPECIFICATIONS
1. MAJOR COMPONENT
Engine
Radiator
Tooth Bucket Turning joint Swing motor Main control valve Battery Oil cooler
30072SP00
1-9
2. SPECIFICATIONS
1) 6.25m (20' 6") BOOM, 2.50m (8' 2") ARM
I(I') D
E
C
G
F
H
J M
K N
A B(L)
30072SP01
1-10
2) 10.2m (33' 6") BOOM, 7.85m (25' 9") ARM
I(I') D
C
E
G
F
H
J M
K N
A B(L)
30072SP02
1-11
3. WORKING RANGE
1) 6.25m (20' 6") BOOM
A
A'
F
D
B' E
C
B
8ft 30072SP03
Description 2.10m(6' 11") Arm 2.50m(8' 2") Arm 3.05m(10' 0") Arm 3.75m(12' 4") Arm
Max digging reach A 10020mm (32'10") 10280mm (33' 7") 10820mm (35' 6") 11400mm (37' 5")
Max digging reach on ground A' 9820mm (32' 3") 10080mm (33' 1") 10620mm (34'10") 11220mm (36'10")
Max digging depth B 6440mm (21' 1") 6840mm (22' 5") 7500mm (24' 7") 8090mm (26' 7")
Max digging depth (8ft level) B' 6240mm (20' 6") 6630mm (21' 9") 7300mm (23'11") 7920mm (25'12")
Max vertical wall digging depth C 6000mm (19' 8") 5850mm (19' 2") 6410mm (21' 0") 7080mm (23' 3")
Max digging height D 10070mm (33' 0") 10110mm (33' 2") 10170mm (33' 4") 10360mm (33'12")
Max dumping height E 6940mm (22' 9") 7030mm (23' 1") 7110mm (23' 4") 7310mm (23'12")
Min swing radius F 4380mm (14' 4") 4260mm (13'12") 4230mm (13'11") 4140mm (13' 7")
169[184] kN 169[184] kN 169[184] kN 169[184] kN
SAE 17200[18760] kgf 17200[18760] kgf 17200[18760] kgf 17200[18760] kgf
37920[41370] lbf 37920[41370] lbf 37920[41370] lbf 37920[41370] lbf
Bucket digging force
192[210] kN 192[210] kN 192[210] kN 192[210] kN
ISO 19600[21380] kgf 19600[21380] kgf 19600[21380] kgf 19600[21380] kgf
43210[47140] lbf 43210[47140] lbf 43210[47140] lbf 43210[47140] lbf
170[185] kN 147[161] kN 124[135] kN 109[119] kN
SAE 17300[18870] kgf 15000[16360] kgf 12600[13750] kgf 11100[12110] kgf
38140[41610] lbf 33070[36080] lbf 27780[30310] lbf 24470[26690] lbf
Arm crowd force
178[194] kN 154[168] kN 129[140] kN 112[122] kN
ISO 18100[19750] kgf 15700[17130] kgf 13100[14290] kgf 11400[12440] kgf
39900[43530] lbf 34610[37760] lbf 28880[31510] lbf 25130[27410] lbf
[ ] : Power boost : STD
1-12
2) 10.2m (33' 6") BOOM
A
A'
F
D
E
C
B'
B
8ft
30072SP04
1-13
4. WEIGHT
1-14
5. LIFTING CAPACITIES
1) R300LC-7
(1) 6.25m(20' 6") boom, 2.10m(6' 11") arm equipped with 1.16m3(SAE heaped) rock bucket, 600mm
(24") triple grouser shoe and 4900kg(10,800lb) counterweight.
1-15
(2) 6.25m(20' 6") boom, 2.50m(8' 2") arm equipped with 1.16m3(SAE heaped) rock bucket, 600mm
(24") triple grouser shoe and 4900kg(10,800lb) counterweight.
Load radius At max. reach
Load point 1.5m(5ft) 3.0m(10ft) 4.5m(15ft) 6.0m(20ft) 7.5m(25ft) Capacity Reach
height
m(ft)
7.5m kg *4630 3970 8.34
(25ft) lb *10210 8750 (27.4)
6.0m kg *5230 4690 *4770 3170 9.19
(20ft) lb *11530 10340 *10520 6990 (30.2)
4.5m kg *7930 *7930 *6370 *6370 *5630 4530 4710 2740 9.69
(15ft) lb *17480 *17480 *14040 *14040 *12410 9990 10380 6040 (31.8)
3.0m kg *10630 9900 *7630 6280 *6270 4290 4430 2540 9.90
(10ft) lb *23440 21830 *16820 13850 *13820 9460 9770 5600 (32.5)
1.5m kg *12750 9070 *8820 5840 *6930 4060 4410 2500 9.84
(5ft) lb *28110 20000 *19440 12870 *15280 8950 9720 5510 (32.3)
Ground kg *13660 8740 *9600 5560 6770 3900 4640 2640 9.51
Line lb *30120 19270 *21160 12260 14930 8600 10230 5820 (31.2)
-1.5m kg *14590 *14590 *13630 8690 9650 5460 6700 3830 5230 3010 8.87
(-5ft) lb *32170 *32170 *30050 19160 21270 12040 14770 8440 11530 6640 (29.1)
-3.0m kg *16480 *16480 *18380 *18380 *12830 8830 *9420 5520 *6050 3840 7.82
(-10ft) lb *36330 *36330 *40520 *40520 *28290 19470 *20770 12170 *13340 8470 (25.7)
-4.5m kg *15310 *15310 *10900 9170
(-15ft) lb *33750 *33750 *24030 20220
(3) 6.25m(20' 6") boom, 3.05m(10' 0") arm equipped with 1.16m3(SAE heaped) rock bucket, 600mm
(24") triple grouser shoe and 4900kg(10,800lb) counterweight.
Load radius At max. reach
Load point 1.5m(5ft) 3.0m(10ft) 4.5m(15ft) 6.0m(20ft) 7.5m(25ft) 9.0m(30ft) Capacity Reach
height
m(ft)
7.5m kg *4200 3490 8.94
(25ft) lb *9260 7690 (29.3)
6.0m kg *4670 *4670 *4340 2830 9.74
(20ft) lb *10300 *10300 *9570 6240 (32.0)
4.5m kg *5710 *5710 *5140 4590 4280 2460 10.20
(15ft) lb *12590 *12590 *11330 10120 9440 5420 (33.5)
3.0m kg *10140 *10140 *9560 *9560 *7030 6360 *5840 4320 *3920 3040 4040 2280 10.40
(10ft) lb *22350 *22350 *21080 *21080 *15500 14020 *12870 9520 *8640 6700 8910 5030 (34.1)
1.5m kg *11960 9230 *8320 5880 *6570 4060 *4690 2900 4010 2240 10.35
(5ft) lb *26370 20350 *18340 12960 *14480 8950 *10340 6390 8840 4940 (34.0)
Ground kg *9810 *9810 *13290 8730 *9280 5540 6730 3860 *4100 2800 4190 2340 10.04
Line lb *21630 *21630 *29300 19250 *20460 12210 14840 8510 *9040 6170 9240 5160 (32.9)
-1.5m kg *10600 *10600 *13690 *13690 *13630 8580 9560 5380 6610 3750 4650 2630 9.44
(-5ft) lb *23370 *23370 *30180 *30180 *30050 18920 21080 11860 14570 8270 10250 5800 (31.0)
-3.0m kg *14280 *14280 *18410 18400 *13150 8640 9560 5380 6630 3770 5640 3260 8.48
(-10ft) lb *31480 *31480 *40590 40570 *28990 19050 21080 11860 14620 8310 12430 7190 (27.8)
-4.5m kg *18610 *18610 *16890 *16890 *11690 8900 *8480 5560 *5700 4740 6.97
(-15ft) lb *41030 *41030 *37240 *37240 *25770 19620 *18700 12260 *12570 10450 (22.9)
1-16
(4) 6.25m(20' 6") boom, 3.75m(12' 4") arm equipped with 1.16m3(SAE heaped) rock bucket, 600mm
(24") triple grouser shoe and 4900kg(10,800lb) counterweight.
Load radius At max. reach
Load point 1.5m(5ft) 3.0m(10ft) 4.5m(15ft) 6.0m(20ft) 7.5m(25ft) 9.0m(30ft) Capacity Reach
height
m(ft)
7.5m kg *3670 2970 9.67
(25ft) lb *8090 6550 (31.7)
6.0m kg *3920 *3920 *2140 *2140 *3830 2440 10.40
(20ft) lb *8640 *8640 *4720 *4720 *8440 5380 (34.1)
4.5m kg *4460 *4460 *3490 3210 3820 2140 10.83
(15ft) lb *9830 *9830 *7690 7080 8420 4720 (35.5)
3.0m kg *13220 *13220 *8070 *8070 *6160 *6160 *5220 4390 *4520 3060 3610 1980 11.02
(10ft) lb *29150 *29150 *17790 *17790 *13580 *13580 *11510 9680 *9960 6750 7960 4370 (36.2)
1.5m kg *10220 *10220 *10780 9550 *7590 6000 *6040 4090 5080 2900 3570 1930 10.97
(5ft) lb *22530 *22530 *23770 21050 *16730 13230 *13320 9020 11200 6390 7870 4250 (36.0)
Ground kg *6690 *6690 *10540 *10540 *12610 8840 *8760 5580 6730 3850 4930 2760 3700 2000 10.68
Line lb *14750 *14750 *23240 *23240 *27800 19490 *19310 12300 14840 8490 10870 6080 8160 4410 (35.0)
-1.5m kg *9530 *9530 *13000 *13000 *13440 8530 *9460 5340 6550 3690 4840 2670 4050 2220 10.12
(-5ft) lb *21010 *21010 *28660 *28660 *29630 18810 *20860 11770 14440 8140 10670 5890 8930 4890 (33.2)
-3.0m kg *12520 *12520 *16480 *16480 *13400 8490 9440 5260 6500 3640 4770 2680 9.25
(-10ft) lb *27600 *27600 *36330 *36330 *29540 18720 20810 11600 14330 8020 10520 5910 (30.3)
-4.5m kg *15980 *15980 *18640 18450 *12490 8640 *9050 5340 *5520 3660 7.92
(-15ft) lb *35230 *35230 *41090 40680 *27540 19050 *19950 11770 *12170 8070 (26.0)
1-17
2) R300LC-7 LONG REACH
(1) 10.2m(33' 6") boom, 7.85m(25' 9") arm equipped with 0.52m3(SAE heaped) bucket and 800mm
(32") triple grouser shoe and 7000kg(15,430lb) counterweight.
1-18
6. BUCKET SELECTION GUIDE
1) GENERAL BUCKET
Ľ0.52m3 SAE
0.79m3 SAE 1.03m3 SAE 1.50m3 SAE 1.73m3 SAE 1.85m3 SAE
1.27m3 SAE
heaped bucket heaped bucket heaped bucket heaped bucket heaped bucket
heaped bucket
Recommendation
Capacity Width 10.2m boom
6.25m(20' 6") boom (33' 6")
Weight
SAE CECE Without With 2.1m arm 2.5m arm 3.05m arm 3.75m arm 7.85m arm
heaped heaped side cutter side cutter (6' 11") (8' 2") (10' 0") (12' 4") (25' 9")
1-19
2) ROCK AND HEAVY DUTY BUCKET, CASTING BUCKET
Recommendation
Capacity Width
6.25m (20' 6") boom
Weight
SAE CECE Without With 2.1m arm 2.5m arm 3.05m arm 3.75m arm
heaped heaped side cutter side cutter (6' 11") (8' 2") (10' 0") (12' 4")
ö Standard bucket
ľ : Heavy duty bucket
Ľ : Rock bucket
ø : Casting bucket
Applicable for materials with density of 2000kgf/m3 (3370lbf/yd3) or less
Applicable for materials with density of 1600kgf/m3 (2700lbf/yd3) or less
Applicable for materials with density of 1100kgf/m3 (1850lbf/yd3) or less
1-20
7. UNDERCARRIAGE
1) TRACKS
X-leg type center frame is integrally welded with reinforced box-section track frames. The design
includes dry tracks, lubricated rollers, idlers, sprockets, hydraulic track adjusters with shock
absorbing springs and assembled track-type tractor shoes with triple grousers.
2) TYPES OF SHOES
Triple grouser
Model Shapes
Item Quantity
Carrier rollers 2EA
Track rollers 9EA
Track shoes 48EA
1-21
4) SELECTION OF TRACK SHOE
Suitable track shoes should be selected according to operating conditions.
Method of selecting shoes
Confirm the category from the list of applications in table 2, then use table 1 to select the shoe.
Wide shoes(Categories B and C) have limitations on applications. Before using wide shoes, check
the precautions, then investigate and study the operating conditions to confirm if these shoes are
suitable.
Select the narrowest shoe possible to meet the required flotation and ground pressure. Application
of wider shoes than recommendations will cause unexpected problem such as bending of shoes,
crack of link, breakage of pin, loosening of shoe bolts and the other various problems.
ö Table 1
ö Table 2
Category Applications Precautions
Rocky ground, Â Travel at low speed on rough ground with large obstacles such as
A river beds, boulders or fallen trees
normal soil
Normal soil, Â These shoes cannot be used on rough ground with large obstacles such
soft ground as boulders or fallen trees
B Â Travel at high speed only on flat ground
 Travel slowly at low speed if it is impossible to avoid going over
obstacles
Extremely  Use the shoes only in the conditions that the machine sinks and it is
soft ground impossible to use the shoes of category A or B
(Swampy ground) Â These shoes cannot be used on rough ground with large obstacles such
C as boulders or fallen trees
 Travel at high speed only on flat ground
 Travel slowly at low speed if it is impossible to avoid going over
obstacles
1-22
8. SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAJOR COMPONENTS
1) ENGINE
Item Specification
2) MAIN PUMP
Item Specification
1-23
3) GEAR PUMP
Item Specification
Item Specification
Type 10 spools
Operating method Hydraulic pilot system
Main relief valve pressure 330kgf/cm2(4690psi)[360kgf/cm2(5120psi)]
Overload relief valve pressure 390kgf/cm2(5550psi)
[ ]: Power boost
5) SWING MOTOR
Item Specification
6) TRAVEL MOTOR
Item Specification
1-24
7) REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
Item Specification
8) CYLINDER
Item Specification
9) SHOE
1-25
10) BUCKET
Capacity Tooth Width
Item quantity
SAE heaped CECE heaped Without side cutter With side cutter
Standard Ľ1.16m3(1.52yd3) 1.00m3(1.31yd3) 5 1340mm(52.8") -
0.79m (1.03yd )
3 3
0.70m (0.92yd )
3 3
3 890mm(35.0") 1010mm(39.8")
1.03m3(1.35yd3) 0.90m3(1.18yd3) 4 1090mm(42.9") 1210mm(47.6")
1.27m (1.66yd )
3 3
1.10m (1.44yd )
3 3
5 1290mm(50.8") 1410mm(55.5")
ľ1.07m3(1.40yd3) 0.95m3(1.24yd3) 5 1150mm(45.3") -
ľ1.15m (1.50yd )
3 3
1.00m (1.31yd )
3 3
5 1210mm(47.6") -
1-26
9. RECOMMENDED OILS
Use only oils listed below or equivalent.
Do not mix different brand oil.
Ambient temperature Á
C (Á
F)
Capacity
Service point Kind of fluid -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
˶(U.S. gal)
(-4) (14) (32) (50) (68) (86) (104)
SAE 30
SAE 10W
Engine
Engine oil 27.3(7.2)
oil pan
SAE 10W-30
SAE 15W-40
Tank; ISO VG 32
210(55.5)
Hydraulic tank Hydraulic oil ISO VG 46
System;
320(84.5) ISO VG 68
NLGI NO.1
Fitting
Grease As required
(Grease nipple)
NLGI NO.2
Mixture of
Radiator antifreeze
50(13.2) Ethylene glycol base permanent type
(Reservoir tank) and water
50 : 50
SAE : Society of Automotive Engineers
API : American Petroleum Institute
ISO : International Organization for Standardization
NLGI : National Lubricating Grease Institute
ASTM : American Society of Testing and Material
1-27
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
1. STRUCTURE
The pump device consists of main pump, regulator and gear pump.
A3
B3
Psv
Pm2 Pi2
a4
Regulator Regulator
Pi1 Pm2
Pi2
Pm1
a4
Psv
B3
Dr
B1
a3
dr3
2-1
1) MAIN PUMP(1/2)
The main pump consists of two piston pumps(front & rear) and valve block.
535 789 732 532 531 214 702 792 901 710 312 717 124 151 152 113 04
808 534 808
724A 954
953
886
717
406
774
111
261
127
123
710
824
251
490 212 211 153 156 157 468 313 467 466 116 885 314 141 981 271 401
728 726 725 983
414 326
VIEW A 30072MP02
2-2
MAIN PUMP(2/2)
544
543
079
545 725 325
541
466
725
29072MP03
2-3
2) REGULATOR(1/2)
Pm
Pi
615
613
A 611
B
B
647
648
723
642
438
801
801
924
724
641
730 643 708 644 645 646 728
SECTION B-B
438
VIEW C
2-4
REGULATOR(2/2)
734 653 654 836 651 652 601 624 629 630 628
655
641 802
814
898
631 627
732
733
732
622
2-5
3) GEAR PUMP
B3
434 A3
311
dr3 850
312 a3 355
732
710 435 361 353 307 310 308 309 434 466, 725
32072ST01
2-6
2. FUNCTION
1) MAIN PUMP
The pumps may classified roughly into the rotary group performing a rotary motion and working as
the major part of the whole pump function: the swash plate group that varies the delivery rates: and
the valve cover group that changes over oil suction and discharge.
2507A2MP14
2-7
(3) Valve block group
The valve block group consists of valve
block(312), valve plate(313) and valve
plate pin(885).
The valve plate having two melon-shaped
ports is fixed to the valve block and feeds
and collects oil to and from the cylinder 312
block.
The oil changed over by the valve plate is 313
connected to an external pipeline by way
of the valve block. 885
Now, if the drive shaft is driven by a prime
mover(electric motor, engine, etc), it
rotates the cylinder block via a spline 2507A2MP11
linkage at the same time. If the swash
plate is tilted as in Fig(previous page) the
pistons arranged in the cylinder block
make a reciprocating motion with respect
to the cylinder block, while they revolve
with the cylinder block.
If you pay attention to a single piston, it
performs a motion away from the valve
plate(oil sucking process) within 180
degrees, and makes a motion towards the
valve plate(or oil discharging process) in
the rest of 180 degrees. When the swash
plate has a tilting angle of zero, the piston
makes no stroke and discharges no oil.
2-8
2) REGULATOR
Regulator consists of the negative flow control, total horse power control and power shift control
function.
Delivery flow, Q
control in which the delivery flow Q
decreases as the pilot pressure Pi rises.
With this mechanism, when the pilot
pressure corresponding to the flow
required for the work is commanded, the
pump discharges the required flow only,
and so it does not consume the power Pilot pressure, Pi
uselessly.
2-9
Η Flow reducing function
P1 CL
B(E)
874
897
C
Pi (from MCV) A
875
611
2-10
As the pilot pressure Pi rises, the pilot piston(643) moves to the right to a position where the force
of the pilot spring(646) balances with the hydraulic force.
The groove(A) in the pilot piston is fitted with the pin(875) that is fixed to lever 2(613). Therefore,
when the pilot piston moves, lever 2 rotates around the fulcrum of point B [Fixed by the fulcrum
plug(614) and pin(875)]. Since the large hole section(C) of lever 2 contains a protruding pin(897)
fixed to the feedback lever(611), the pin(897) moves to the right as lever 2 rotates. Since the
opposing-flat section(D) of the feedback lever is fitted with the pin(548) fixed by the tilting pin(531)
that swings the swash plate, the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point D, as the
pin(897) moves.
Since the feedback lever is connected with the spool(652) via the pin(874), the spool moves to
the right.
The movement of the spool causes the delivery pressure P1 to connect to port CL through the
spool and to be admitted to the large diameter section of the servo piston. The delivery pressure
P1 that is constantly admitted to the small diameter section of the servo piston moves the servo
piston to the right due to the area difference, resulting in decrease of the tilting angle.
When the servo piston moves to the right, point D also moves to the right. The spool is fitted
with the return spring(654) and is tensioned to the left at all times, and so the pin(897) is pressed
against the large hole section(C) of lever 2.
Therefore, as point D moves, the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point C, and the
spool is shifted to the left. This causes the opening between the sleeve(651) and spool(652) to
close slowly, and the servo piston comes to a complete stop when it closes completely.
2-10
Θ Flow increasing function
P1 CL
B(E)
874
897
Pi (from MCV) C
875
611
Small diameter
Servo piston D chamber
Large diameter 548
chamber
531
2-11
As the pilot pressure Pi decreases, the pilot piston(643) moves to the left by the action of the pilot
spring(646) and causes lever 2(613) to rotate around the fulcrum of point B. Since the pin(897)
is pressed against the large hole section(C) of lever 2 by the action of the return spring(654) via
the spool(652), pin(874), and feedback lever(611), the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum
of point D as lever 2 rotates, and shifts the spool to the left. Port CL opens a way to the tank port
as the spool moves. This deprives the large diameter section of the servo piston of pressure,
and shifts the servo piston to the left by the discharge pressure P1 in the small diameter section,
resulting in an increase in the flow rate.
As the servo piston moves, point D also moves to the left, the feedback lever rotates around the
fulcrum of point C, and the spool moves to the right till the opening between the spool and sleeve
is closed.
2-11
Ι Adjustment of flow control characteristic
The flow control characteristic can be
adjusted with the adjusting screw.
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut 801
(801) and by tightening(or loosening) the 924
hexagonal socket head screw(924).
Tightening the screw shifts the control
chart to the right as shown in the figure.
ö Adjusting values are shown in table.
Adjustment of flow control
characteristic 2-12
Speed
Tightening Flow control Flow
amount of starting change
adjusting pressure amount
screw(924) change
Delivery flow, Q
amount
Pilot pressure, Pi
2-12
(2) Total horsepower control
The regulator decreases the pump tilting
angle(delivery flow) automatically to limit
the input torque within a certain value with
Delivery flow, Q
a rise in the delivery pressure P1 of the
self pump and the delivery pressure P2 of
the companion pump.
(The input horsepower is constant when
the speed is constant.)
Since the regulator is of the simultaneous
Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)
total horsepower type that operates by the
sum of load pressures of the two pumps
in the tandem double-pump system, the
prime mover is automatically prevented
from being overloaded, irrespective of the
load condition of the two pumps, when
horsepower control is under way.
Since this regulator is of the simultaneous
total horsepower type, it controls the tilting
angles(displacement volumes) of the two
pumps to the same value as represented
by the following equation :
Tin = P1Ýq/2ʆ+ P2Ýq/2ʆ
= (P1+P2)Ýq/2ʆ
The horsepower control function is the
same as the flow control function and is
summarized in the following.(For detailed
behaviors of respective parts, refer to the
section of flow control).
2-13
Η Overload preventive function
P1 CL
B(E)
897
P2 P1
875
611
30072RG03
When the self pump delivery pressure P1 or the companion pump delivery pressure P2 rises, it
acts on the stepped part of the compensating piston(621). It presses the compensating rod(623)
to the right till the force of the outer spring(625) and inner spring(626) balances with the hydraulic
force. The movement of the compensating rod is transmitted to lever 1(612) via pin(875).
Lever 1 rotates around the pin(875) (E) fixed to the casing(601).
Since the large hole section(F) of lever 1 contains a protruding pin(897) fixed to the feedback
lever(611), the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point D as lever 1 rotates, and then
the spool(652) is shifted to the right. As the spool moves, the delivery pressure P1 is admitted to
the large diameter section of the servo piston via port CL, causes the servo piston move to the
right, reduces the pump delivery, flow rate, and prevents the prime mover from being overloaded.
The movement of the servo piston is transmitted to the feedback lever via point D. Then the
feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point F and the spool is shifted to the left. The
spool moves till the opening between the spool(652) and sleeve(651) is closed.
2-14
Θ Flow reset function
P1 CL
B(E)
897
P2 P1
875
2-15
As the self pump delivery pressure P1 or the companion pump delivery pressure P2 decreases,
the compensating rod(623) is pushed back by the action of the springs(625 & 626) to rotate lever
1(612) around point E. Rotating of lever 1 causes the feedback lever(611) to rotate around the
fulcrum of point D and then the spool(652) to move to the left. As a result, port CL opens a way
to the tank port.
This causes the servo piston to move to the left and the pump's delivery rate to increase.
The movement of the servo piston is transmitted to the spool by the action of the feedback
mechanism to move it till the opening between the spool and sleeve is closed.
2-15
Ι Low tilting angle(low flow) command preferential function
As mentioned above, flow control and horsepower control tilting angle commands are transmitted
to the feedback lever and spool via the large-hole sections(C & F) of levers 1 and 2. However,
since sections C and F have the pins(͚4) protruding from the large hole(͚8), only the lever
lessening the tilting angle contacts the pin(897) ; the hole(͚8) in the lever of a larger tilting angle
command is freed without contacting the pin(897). Such a mechanical selection method permits
preference of the lower tilting angle command of the flow control and horsepower control.
Κ Adjustment of input horsepower
Since the regulator is of total cumulative horsepower type, adjust the adjusting screws of both the
front and rear pumps, when changing the horsepower set values. The pressure change values
by adjustment are based on two pumps pressurized at the same time, and the values will be
doubled when only one pump is loaded.
2-16
b. Adjustment of inner spring
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut
(802) and by tightening(or loosening)
the adjusting screw QI(627). Tightening
the screw increases the flow and then
the input horsepower as shown in the
figure.
ö Adjusting valves are shown in table.
Delivery flow, Q
(min -1) (Turn) (˶/min) (kgfÂm)
2-17
(3) Power shift control
898 P1 CL
B(E)
897
Pf
P2 P1
875
611
2-18
2-18
(4) Adjustment of maximum and minimum flows
Η Adjustment of maximum flow
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon
nut(808) and by tightening(or loosening)
the set screw(954).
The maximum flow only is adjusted
without changing other control
characteristics. 2507A2MP10
Delivery flow, Q
Tightening Flow change
amount of amount
adjusting screw
(954)
Speed
Tightening Flow change
amount of amount
adjusting screw
(953)
2-19
(5) Qmax cut control
647
The regulator regulates the
maximum delivery flow by 648
inputting the pilot pressure 723
Pm. Since this is a 2-position
642 438
control method, the
maximum delivery flow may
801
be switched in two steps by
801
turning on/off the pilot 924
pressure Pm.(The maximum
control flow cannot be 641 730 643 708 644 645 646 728
controlled in intermediate
level.)
2-4
Η Functional explanation
As shown in the figure, the pilot pressure
Pm switches the maximum flow in two
steps.
When the pilot pressure Pm is given, it is
Delivery flow, Q
Pm
admitted to the lefthand side of the piston
QMC(648). The piston QMC moves the
stopper(647) and pilot piston(643) to the
right, overcoming the force of the pilot
spring(646), thereby reducing the
delivery flow of the pump. Pilot pressure, Pi
Since the adjusting screw QMC(642) is
provided with a flange, the piston QMC
stops upon contact with the flange, and
the position of the pilot piston at this time
determines the maximum flow of the
pump.
Pilot pressure, Pi
2-20
GROUP 2 MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1. STRUCTURE
Mark Port name Port size Tightening torque
2-21
1 Body(P1) 47 Piston-cut off
15 80 74 3 81 65 68 54 67 60 51 52 74 26 29 28 27 16
2 Body(P2) 48 Poppet-signal
15 80 74 10 21 22 73 20 23 71 24 25 74 26 29 28 18 27 3 Spool-travel straight 49 Spring-signal
4 Spool-travel 50 Plug
5 Spool-swing 51 Orifice-signal
6 Spool-boom 52 Coin type filter
7 Spool-swing priority 53 Orifice-plug
55
71
8 Spool-boom 2 54 Plug
59 79 78 91 49
46
9 Spool-arm 2 55 Plug
21 22 73 20 73 22 21 66 61 83 19 10 Spool-arm 56 Restrictor-lock valve
A-A (STRAIGHT-TRAVEL & SUPPLY)
44 57 45 74 53 11 21 22 73 20 712325 24 74 26 29 28 27 16 11 Spool-arm regeneration 57 Plug
60 67 60 67 60 67 1 12 Spool-bucket 58 Plug
15 80 74 85 4 71 23 73 20 22 21 85 74 81 26 29 28 27 16 P1 BLOCK SPOOL SECTION
13 Spool-option 59 Plug
14 Spool-bypass cut 60 Plug
15 84 74 12 21 22 20 73 23 71 25 24 84 74 26 29 28 2716 15 Cover-pilot A 61 Plug
16 Cover-pilot B1 62 Plug
60 65 67 60 6065 17 Cover-pilot B2 63 O-ring
18 Block-holding 64 O-ring
A A 19 Block-regeneration 65 O-ring
B B 20 Plug 66 O-ring
15 74 4 24 25 23 73 74 26 29 28 27 16 C C
21 Poppet 1-check valve 67 O-ring
B-B (TRAVEL RIGHT& LEFT) 22 Spring-check valve 68 O-ring
D D
23 Plug 69 O-ring
15 84 74 13 21 22 73 20 23 71 25 24 8474 26 29 28 27 16 E E
15 80 74 5 24 25 23 73 74 26 29 81 28 27 16 24 Poppet 2-check valve 70 O-ring
88 F F
25 Spring-check valve 71 O-ring
F-F (OPTION & BUCKET) G G 26 Spring seat 1 72 O-ring
60 67 14 89 70 90
27 Spring seat 2 73 O-ring
60 67 69 58 2 28 Spacer bolt 74 O-ring
P2 BLOCK SPOOL SECTION 29 Spring-return(L) 75 Back-up ring
30 Stopper 1-TS 76 Back-up ring
31 Stopper 2-priority 77 Back-up ring
32 Spring seat 3 78 Socket head bolt with washer
15 84 80 74 6 24 2523 73 74 26 29 28 27 18
C-C (SWING & BOOM) 33 Poppet-check valve TS 79 Socket head bolt with washer
34 Spring-check valve TS 80 Socket head bolt with washer
17 28 27 29 28 84 33 74 7 54 68 65 77 62 70 8 84 74 3329 282717 87 70 62 87 35 Poppet-lock valve 81 Main relief valve
G-G (CENTER BYPASS CUT-OFF & NEGATIVE CONTROL) 36 Spring-lock valve pilot 82 Overload relief valve
37 Guide poppet 83 Plug-relief valve
38 Poppet-pilot 84 Plug-relief valve
39 Seat-poppet 85 Negative control valve
59
40 Piston 1 86 Socket head bolt with washer
35 56
36 38 37
39 72 7765 57 40 41 42 43 68
41 Guide-piston 87 Socket head bolt with washer
42 Spring 1-lock valve 88 Nipple-check valve
15 74 86 9 24 25 23 71 23 25 24 84 74 26 29 28 27 16 33 34 63 30 DETAIL OF LOCK VALVE (BOOM & ARM) 43 Piston 2 89 Spring-bypass cut spool
D-D (SWING PRIORITY & BOO2 & ARM2) STRAIGHT-TRAVEL SPOOL DETAIL 44 Spool-regen selector 90 Plug-bypass cut spool
45 Spring-regeneration 91 Backup ring
300072MCV02 46 Stopper-regeneration
2-22
2. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
TRAVEL
(STRAIGHT)
TRAVEL(L) TRAVEL(R)
SWING
BOOM 1
EXTRA A &
ARM
REGENERATION ARM 1
BUCKET EXTRA B
29072MC51
2-23
GROUP 3 SWING DEVICE
1. STRUCTURE
Swing device consists swing motor, swing reduction gear.
Swing motor include mechanical parking valve, relief valve, make up valve and time delay valve.
Reduction gear
Swing motor A B
GP A,B
PA
.
PB
IP
DR PG Relief valve SH DB
SH
PG
Port Port name Port size
DB
A, B Main port ͚20
DB Drain port PF 1/2-19
C Make up port PF 1-24
PA, PB Gauge port PF 1/4-15
C PG Brake release port PF 1/4-12
PA PB
SH Brake pilot port PF 1/4-12
IP Gear oil inlet port PT 3/4-19
DR Gear oil drain port PT 1/2
GP Grease port PT 1/4
A B
30072SM01
2-44
1) SWING MOTOR
117 121 118 114 706 707 702 712 472 106 469 488 355 351 052 841
432 438
X X
106 303
471 A 748 993
443 A 747
304 444
468
487
746
101
491 745
437 433
124
451
301 122 123 113 116 111 744 742 031 743 131 401 051 994
464 485
30572SM02
2-45
2) REDUCTION GEAR
15
36 33 32 28 27 29 39 16 24 21 17 18 22 23
20 19
25
31
35
14
2
37
10 11
34 3 1 4 38 5 30 7 8 9 12 13 26
6
40 41 42
30072SM02A
2-46
2. FUNCTION
1) ROTARY PART
When high pressurized oil enters a cylinder through port(a), which is the inlet of balance plate(131),
hydraulic pressure acting on the piston causes axial force F. The pressure force F works via the
piston(121) upon the return plate(123) which acts upon the swash plate(124) via an hydrostatic
bearing. Force F1 perpendicular to swash plate(124) and force F2 perpendicular to cylinder center.
Being transferred to the cylinder block(111) through piston, force F2 causes rotational moment at
surroundings of cylinder.
Since cylinder block has 9 equidistantly arrayed pistons, rotational torque is transmitted to cylinder
shaft in order by several pistons connected to the inlet port of high pressurized oil. When the
direction of oil flow is reversed, rotational direction of cylinder is also reversed. Output torque is
given by the equation.
pÝq F
T= , q=ZÂAÂPCDÂtanɾ, F1 = , F2=F tanɾ, S=PCDÝtanɾ
2ӕ COSɾ
Where p : Effective difference of pressure(kgf/cm2)
q : Displacement(cc/rev)
T : Output torque(kgfÂcm)
Z : Piston number(9EA)
A : Piston area(cm2)
ɾ: Tilting angle of swash plate(degree)
S : Piston stroke(cm)
Low High
pressure oil pressure oil
F1 F2
131
R290SM05(2)
2-47
2) MAKE UP VALVE
In the system using this type of motor, there is no counter balance functioning valve and there
happens the case of revolution exceeding hydraulic supply of motor. To prevent the cavitation
caused by insufficient oil flow there is a make up valve to fill up the oil insufficiency.
A make up valve is provided immediately before the port leading to the hydraulic oil tank to secure
feed pressure required when the hydraulic motor makes a pumping action. The boost pressure
acts on the hydraulic motor's feed port via the make up valve.
Pressurized oil into the port B, the motor rotate counterclockwise.
If the plunger of MCV moves neutral position, the oil in the motor is drain via left relief valve, the
drain oil run into motor via right make up valve, which prevent the cavitation of motor.
A B
29072SM09
2-48
3) RELIEF VALVE
3
1 Body
5 2 O-ring
4 3 Plug
4 O-ring
15
5 Back up ring
11
6 Plunger
14 7 Piston
7 8 Spring
13
9 Seat spring
9 10 Seat
12
2 11 Sleeve
12 Adjust plug
1 13 O-ring
14 Back up ring
8 15 Nut
10
T
1
29072SM05
2-49
Η Ports (P,R) at tank pressure.
A1 m 6 7
8 A2
29072SM04
Θ When hydraulic oil pressure(PÝA1) reaches the preset force(FSP) of spring(8), the plunger (6)
moves to the right as shown.
P1ÝA1 = Fsp + P1ÝA2
Fsp
P1=
A1 - A2
P=P1
29072SM06
2-50
Ι When the pressure of chamber g reaches the preset force(Fsp) of spring(8), the piston(7) moves
right and stop the piston(7) hits the end of body.
m 6 7 f g
P=P1
29072SM07
Κ When piston(7) hits the end of body, it stops moving to the right any further. As the result, the
pressure in chamber(g) equals(Ps).
PsÝA1 = Fsp + PsÝA3
Fsp
Ps =
A1 - A3
m 6 7 g
P=P1
29072SM08
2-51
4) BRAKE SYSTEM
(1) Control valve swing brake system
This is the brake system to stop the swing motion of the excavator during operation.
In this system, the hydraulic circuit is throttled by the swing control valve, and the resistance
created by this throttling works as a brake force to slow down the swing motion.
A B A B A B
Η Brake assembly
Circumferential rotation of separate
plate(743) is constrained by the groove
located at casing(301). When housing is
pressed down by brake spring(712)
through lining plate(742), separate
plate(743) and brake piston(702), friction
force occurs there.
Cylinder(111) is constrained by this
friction force and brake acts, while brake
releases when hydraulic force exceeds
spring force.
30572SM03
2-52
Θ Operating principle
a. When the swing control lever(1) is set to the swing position, the pilot oil go to the swing control
valve(2) and to SH of the time delay valve(3) via the shuttle valve(4), this pressure move
spool(5) to the leftward against the force of the spring(8), so pilot pump charged oil(P3) goes to
the chamber G.
This pressure is applied to move the piston(702) to the upward against the force of the
spring(712). Thus, it releases the brake force.
5
712
G SH
702
8
30572SM04
2-53
b. When the swing control lever(1) is set the neutral position, the time delay valve(3) shifts the
neutral position and the pilot oil blocked chamber G.
Then, the piston(702) is moved lower by spring(712) force and the return oil from the chamber
G is drain.
712
G SH
702
30572SM05
2-54
GROUP 4 TRAVEL DEVICE
1. CONSTRUCTION
Travel device consists travel motor and gear box.
Travel motor includes brake valve, parking brake and high/low speed changeover mechanism.
A B
A,B
N
Am Bm
A Dr
Dr
Dr
Pi
Pi
Dr Dr
FILL
Pi
Pi
HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.
P A R T NO. : 31N8-40070
LEVEL
N
IC
SB
DRAIN
Am Bm
VIEW A 300072TM01A
2-55
2. SPECIFICATION
1) TRAVEL MOTOR
89-5 89-4 89-3 89-2 89-6 88-6 88-4 88-2 93 88-3 88-5 86 85 87 83 13 14 15 16 25 24 6 28 30 31 4 40 39 43 38 37 71 42 41 47 50
89-6 29
90-2 35
90-3 32
90-4 33
97 A 27
92 21
90-5 49
101
98 75,76
102 48
100 36
11 46
103
73 34
74 44
12
45
91
96
56
89-8 67
89-7
62
104
90-1 A
99
88-8
63
89-1
65
88-7 105 95 94 88-1 5 72 9 8 7 10 84 23 22 82 17 18 19 1 20 26 3 69 2 68 61 64 60 66 57 58,59 70 55 54 53 52 51
SECTION A-A
2907A2TM01
1 Casing 16 Plate 31 Ring 46 Back up ring 61 O-ring 83 Housing 89-1 Carrier No.2 92 Plug
2 Plug 17 Piston 32 Spring 47 Cap 62 Lock screw 84 Bearing 89-2 Planetary gear No.2 93 Lock pin
3 Screw 18 Stopper 33 Valve casing 48 Cap 63 Nut 85 Shim 89-3 Needle No.2 94 Ring gear
4 Screw 19 O-ring 34 Needle bearing 49 Bolt 64 Spool 86 Retainer 89-4 Thrust washer No.2 95 Bolt
5 Pin 20 Back up ring 35 O-ring 50 Socket bolt 65 Plug 87 Bolt 89-5 Pin No.2 96 Thrust ring No.1
6 Pin 21 Cylinder block 36 Pin 51 Seat 66 O-ring 88 Carrier No.3 89-6 Spring pin No.2 97 Cover
7 Stopper 22 Cylinder spring 37 Spool 52 Steel ball 67 Valve plate 88-1 Carrier No.3 89-7 Sun gear No.2 98 Thrust ring No.2
8 O-ring 23 Spacer 38 Screw 53 Stopper 68 Spring 88-2 Planetary gear No.3 89-8 Snap ring No.2 99 Bolt
9 Back up ring 24 Guide 39 Damping check 54 Plug 69 O-ring 88-3 Needle No.3 90 Carrier No.1 100 Motor ring
10 Piston 25 Plate 40 Spring 55 O-ring 70 Socket bolt 88-4 Thrust washer No.3 90-1 Carrier No.1 101 Thrust ring No.3
11 Shaft 26 Piston & Shoe assy 41 O-ring 56 Plug 71 Socket bolt 88-5 Pin No.3 90-2 Planetary gear No.1 102 Thrust ring No.1
12 Spacer 27 Plate 42 Plunger 57 Relief valve 72 Lock screw 88-6 Spring pin No.3 90-3 Needle bearing No.1 103 Pad
13 Roller bearing 28 Plate 43 Spring 58 O-ring 73 Oil seal 88-7 Sun gear No.3 90-4 Thrust washer No.1 104 Thrust ring No.2
14 Stop ring 29 Brake 44 Stopper 59 Back up ring 74 Lock ring 88-8 Snap ring No.3 90-5 Pin No.1 105 Coupling
15 Support 30 Ring 45 O-ring 60 Rod 82 Floating Seal 89 Carrier No.2 91 Sun gear No.1
2-56
3. PRINCIPLE OF DRIVING
1) WORKING OF ROTARY GROUP
The high pressurized hydraulic oil which is supplied from a hydraulic pump is flows into a
cylinder(21) through the valve casing(33) of motor, and valve plate(67).
The rotary group has a construction that the above high pressurized hydraulic oil is flow only one
side of the line Y-Y which connect the upper and lower dead point of the piston(26).
This high pressurized hydraulic oil works on the piston and generating the force F1, F1 = P * A(P :
supplied pressure, A : pressure receiving area), like following pictures.
This force, F1, is divided by the swash plate(16) having a tilting angle ɷinto the thrust component
N1 and radial component W1.
The W1 generates torque, T = W1 * R1, in respect to the line Y-Y.
This torque generated by each piston on the high pressurized hydraulic oil side is summed up onto
a resultant torqueĮ(W1 * R1), which produces torque for rotation.
This torque transfers the rotation force to the cylinder(21) through the pistons.
Since the cylinder block is spline-coupled with the shaft, the rotation force is transmitted to the shaft
accordingly.
W1 Piston
Cylinder
R1
N1
O A
f1 F1 P
W1
High Y Low
pressure pressure
2907A2TM07
2-57
2) WORKING OF RELIEF VALVE
Relief valve carries on two function of following.
(1) Relief valve is to keep the starting pressure of the hydraulic motor at a constant value and bypass
to the return line excessive oil generated at the motor inlet depending upon the acceleration speed
of the inertia object.
(2) In case of an inertia object stopped, relief valve is generating a break pressure at the outlet and
stop it forcedly.
The chamber A is always connect with port A of a motor. When the pressure at port A increase
and the force pushing poppet A is higher than the pressure of the spring, then poppet A is pushed
up from the contact surface of seat A, and oil flows from chamber A to port B.
Port A Port B
Chamber A
Poppet A
2907A2TM04
2-58
3) WORKING OF NEGATIVE BRAKE
The negative brake is released applying to the brake piston(29) the pressure led through built in the
valve casing(33) spool. With no pressure working, the brake force is always ensured.
The brake force is generated by the frictional force among a plate(28) fixed by pin(6) and shaft
casing, brake piston(29) and a frictional plate(27) connected through spline outside the cylinder
block(21).
Without pressure being applied to the brake piston, the brake piston is pushed by ten brake
springs(32) and the friction plate and separator plate are held between the brake piston and casing.
This friction force restrains the shaft(11) spline-coupled with the cylinder block, and thus functions
the brake.
11 6 28 27 29 32 21 33
300075TM05
2-59
4) COUNTERBALANCE VALVE
Av port is connected to a hydraulic pump : Bv port is connected to a tank.
The oil supplied from the hydraulic pump passed through Av Ą Cv Ą C sequence, pushed up the
poppet of the check valve, passed through L to port AM, and is supplied to the hydraulic motor to
turn it. But the brake is operated. Therefore, the pump discharge oil pressure is increases. And the
pressure is led via passage G to spring room M. When the pressure in room M exceed the value
equivalent to the force of the spring which holds the spool at its neutral position, the spool begins to
move right.
The oil in room N is sent to room Dv by orifice I and discharged from Bv port to a tank. So spool
moves to the right. The oil flows as the way of K Ą Dv Ą Bv sequence. Also according to the oil
path as composed way Cv Ą H Ą P sequence, the pressure of Av pump is provided to the port P.
An working oil in room N is discharged through orifice and a gap. Therefore the switching operation
of spool is driving slowly.
When the pump discharge pressure fall, spool moves to the left side by a spring at the side of room N.
Also spool moves to the left, the hydraulic oil in room M is sent to Cv room through orifice I' and
discharged to the Av port.
When the pressure at port Av fall down to the tank pressure, the pressure of room M is as the same
as that the tank pressure and becomes equal to that in room N, and so the spool returns to its
neutral position.
AM P BM
L K
Check valve
H
M I' I N
G
Cv Dv
Av Bv
300072TM06
2-60
5) WORKING OF DISPLACEMENT CHANGEOVER
The capacity of the travel motor is changed by changing the tilting angle of this swash plate(16).
The tilting angle changes by displacement changeover valve.
(1) External pilot pressure : Pi = 0(Large displacement)
By means of the built-in high pressure selector mechanism in the valve casing(33), the high
pressure oil working on the motor function to port P of the displacement-changeover valve.
A the spool(64) assembled in the displacement changeover valve is pressed to plug(65) by the
spring(68), the high pressure oil at port P flows to port Sb.
This high pressure oil flows through oil passage(passage A') of valve casing(33) and shaft casing
works to chamber A.
This oil in chamber B flows through passage B' and port Sa into the drain line. The displacement
changeover piston(17) is pushed right and the swash plate(16) moves in the arrowed direction
around rotation center 'O'. The swash plate moves until it touched stopper(18), and then is fixed
there.
External pilot
pressure
Chamber A Chamber B Pi = 0
B'
Drain Sa Sb
A'
P
65
7 10 16 17 18 68 64
High pressure oil
Selector valve
2907A2TM05
2-61
(2) External pilot pressure : Pi á 20kgf/cm2(small displacement)
If the force operating on spool(64) of the displacement changeover valve is stronger than the
spring(68), and the spool moves to the left side.
The high pressure oil is works on room B through passage Sa Ą B' from port P.
The oil in chamber A flows into the drain line through the passage A' Ą Sb.
The displacement changeover piston(17) is pushed left and the swash plate(16) moves in the
arrowed direction around rotation center 'O'. The swash plate moves until it touches stopper(7),
and then is fixed there.
If the load increase while the motor is working with its small displacement(Pi á 20kgf/cm2, 2nd
speed) until the motor inlet port pressure reaches the preset value, the motor increase its
displacement in response to the load, while maintaining the pressure at the preset
value(automatic 2 -speed function). As motor inlet port pressure reaches the preset value and
then spool(64) moves right side, inlet pressure oil flows into chamber A through port Sb and the
swash plate moves until it touches stopper(17). If the load further increase until the displacement
of the motor reaches the maximum value, the inlet port pressure increase further.
If the load decreases under this condition, the motor continues reducing its displacement in the
reverse sequence. As the load and inlet port pressure decreases and reaches the preset value,
spool(64) moves left side by the pilot pressure(Pi). Therefore inlet port pressure flow into chamber
B through port Sa and the swash plate moves until it touches stopper(10).
External pilot
pressure
2
Chamber A Chamber B Pi 20kgf/cm
B'
Drain Sa Sb
A'
P
65
7 10 16 17 18 68 64
High pressure oil
Selector valve
2907A2TM06
2-62
6) REDUCTION GEAR
(1) Planetary gear mechanism
Reduction unit slows down the rotating speed of motor and converts motor torque to strong
rotating force.
This reduction unit utilizes two stages, planetary reduction system.
Planetary reduction system consists of sun gear, planetary gears, carriers and ring gear.
When the sun gear(s) is driven through input shaft, planetary pinions(b), rotating on their center,
also move, meshing with fixed ring gear(a), around sun gears(s).
This movement is transferred to carrier(k) and deliver the torque.
This mechanism is called planetary gear mechanism.
Input Output
Sun gear(s)
Planetary pinions(b)
29072TM10 29072TM11
b d
S1 S2
K1 K2
29072TM12
2-63
GROUP 5 RCV LEVER
1. STRUCTURE
The casing has the oil inlet port P(Primary pressure) and the oil outlet port T(Tank). In addition the
secondary pressure is taken out through ports 1, 2, 3 and 4 provided at the bottom face.
23.3
19
20
Single
operation Simultaneous
operation
4
P
1
T 3
2
30
30
VIEW A
A
25032RL01
2-64
CROSS SECTION
The construction of the pilot valve is shown in the attached cross section drawing. The casing has
vertical holes in which reducing valves are assembled.
The pressure reducing section is composed of the spool(5), spring(7) for setting secondary pressure,
return spring(10), stopper(9), spring seat(8) and shim(6). The spring for setting the secondary
pressure has been generally so preset that the secondary pressure is 5 to 20.5kgf/cm2(Depending on
the type). The spool is pushed against the push rod(14) by the return spring.
When the push rod is pushed down by tilting the handle, the spring seat comes down simultaneously
and changes setting of the secondary pressure spring.
2-65
CROSS SECTION
26
27
29
30
28
22
24
25
23
20
17
19
18
14
15
12
11
16
9
13
8
6
7
10
21
5
1
3
2
4
Port 1, 3 Port 2, 4
21072SF06
2-66
2. FUNCTIONS
1) FUNDAMENTAL FUNCTIONS
The pilot valve is a valve that controls the spool stroke, direction, etc of a main control valve. This
function is carried out by providing the spring at one end of the main control valve spool and
applying the output pressure(Secondary pressure) of the pilot valve to the other end.
For this function to be carried out satisfactorily, the pilot valve is composed of the following
elements.
(1) Inlet port(P) where oil is supplied from hydraulic pump.
(2) Output ports(1, 2, 3 & 4) to apply pressure supplied from inlet port to ends of control valve spools.
(3) Tank port(T) necessary to control the above output pressure.
(4) Spool to connect output port to inlet port or tank port.
(5) Mechanical means to control output pressure, including springs that work on the above spools.
2) FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR SECTIONS
The functions of the spool(5) are to receive the supply oil pressure from the hydraulic pump at its
port P, and to change over oil paths to determine whether the pressure oil of port P is led to output
ports 1, 2, 3 & 4 or the output port pressure oil to tank port T.
The spring(7) works on this spool to determine the output pressure.
The change the deflection of this spring, the push rod(14) is inserted and can slide in the plug(11).
For the purpose of changing the displacement of the push rod through the switch plate(19) and
adjusting nut(20) are provided the handle(27) that can be tilted in any direction around the fulcrum
of the universal joint(18) center.
The spring(10) works on the case(1) and spring seat(8) and tries to return the push rod(14) to the
zero-displacement position irrespective of the output pressure, securing its resetting to the center
position.
This also has the effect of a reaction spring to give appropriate control feeling to the operator.
2-67
3) OPERATION
The operation of the pilot valve will be described on the basis of the hydraulic circuit diagram shown
below and the attached operation explanation drawing.
The diagram shown below is the typical application example of the pilot valve.
5 6
3
1
3
P T
2 4
2-70
2-68
(1) Case where handle is in neutral position
7
10
P 5
1 3
25032RL03
The force of the spring(7) that determines the output pressure of the pilot valve is not applied to
the spool(5). Therefore, the spool is pushed up by the spring(10) to the position of port(1, 3) in the
operation explanation drawing. Then, since the output port is connected to tank port T only, the
output port pressure becomes equal to tank pressure.
2-69
(2) Case where handle is tilted
14
1 3
29072RL04
2-70
GROUP 6 RCV PEDAL
1. STRUCTURE
The casing(Spacer) has the oil inlet port P(Primary pressure), and the oil outlet port T(Tank). In
addition the secondary pressure is taken out through ports 1, 2, 3 and 4 provided at the bottom face.
ä 12.4
12.4 ä
1 2
2-73
3 4
Port Port Port size
2-71
CROSS SECTION
The construction of the RCV pedal is shown in the below drawing. The casing has vertical holes in
which reducing valves are assembled.
The pressure reducing section is composed of the spool(8), spring(11) for setting secondary
pressure, return spring(18), stopper(13), spring seat(12) and shim(9). The spring for setting the
secondary pressure has been generally so preset that the secondary pressure is 5 to 19 kgf/cm2
(depending on the type). The spool is pushed against the push rod(19) by the return spring.
When the push rod is pushed down by tilting pedal, the spring seat comes down simultaneously and
changes setting of the secondary pressure spring.
25
7 6 24
21 5
22 23
20 16 4
19 17
14 15
15 13
12 11
18
30
1
9, 10
8 26 27 28 29
2-74
2-72
2. FUNCTION
1) FUNDAMENTAL FUNCTIONS
The pilot valve is a valve controls the spool stroke, direction, etc of a main control valve. This
function is carried out by providing the spring at one end of the main control valve spool and
applying the output pressure(Secondary pressure) of the pilot valve to the other end.
For this function to be carried out satisfactorily, the pilot valve is composed of the following
elements.
(1) Inlet port(P) where oil is supplied from hydraulic pump.
(2) Output port(1, 2, 3 & 4) to apply pressure supplied from inlet port to ends of control valve spools.
(3) Tank port(T) necessary to control the above output pressure.
(4) Spool to connect output port to inlet port tank port.
(5) Mechanical means to control output pressure, including springs that work on the above spools.
2) FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR SECTIONS
The functions of the spool(8) are to receive the supply oil pressure from the hydraulic pump at its
port P, and to change over oil paths to determine whether the pressure oil of port P is led to output
ports 1, 2, 3 & 4 or the output spool to determine the output pressure.
The spring(11) works on this spool to determine the output pressure.
The change the deflection of this spring, the push rod(19) is inserted and can slide in the plug(14).
For the purpose of changing th displacement of the push rod through the cam(6) and adjusting
nut(22) are provided the pedal(2) that can be tilted in any direction around the fulcrum of the cam(6)
center.
The spring(18) works on the casing(1) and spring seat(12) and tries to return the push rod(19) to
the zero-displacement position irrespective of the output pressure, securing its resetting to the
center position.
This also has the effect of a reaction spring to give appropriate control feeling to the operator.
2-73
3) OPERATION
The operation of the pilot valve will be described on the basis of the hydraulic circuit diagram shown
below ant the attached operation explanation drawing.
The diagram shown below is the typical application example of the pilot valve.
5 6
3
1
2
2 4
2-76
2-74
(1) Case where pedal is in neutral position
11
8
T
18
1 2 2-77
The force of the spring(11) that determines the output pressure of the pilot valve is not applied to
the spool(8). Therefore, the spool is pushed up by the spring(18) to the position of port 2 in the
operation explanation drawing. Then, since the output port is connected to tank port T only, the
output port pressure becomes equal to tank pressure.
2-75
(2) Case where pedal is tilted
19
1 2
2-78
2-76
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
T(dr5) E 10 11
8 9
3 36 40
SH
37 35 30 30
37 Pn2 Pn1
PG B V2 Pi1 E
CK1 Rs 31
DB 2
(dr4) C
Pi1
T(dr6)
V2
PA PB
C
38 B5 dr7
A5
33 32
C5
D5
Pc5
39
Pb5
Pd5
A(CW) B(CCW)
Pa5
CK2
4 C4
Dr Dr
Dr Dr D4 B4
DR3 Pc4 1
Pb4
Pd4 0 Pa4
Pi Pi Pc4 0
Pc4 2
Pi Pi
Pb3
Pc3
N N DR2 Pd4 1
Pa2 1
Am Bm Bm Am B2
V3
A2
C2
Pb2 1
D2
SH
A1 a4 A2
13 Check valve 34 Pedal
(2) (1) (4) (3) 26
Pa1 Pb1 Pd1 Pc1
14 13 1 a1 a2
14 Check valve 35 Accumulator
A B D E G F H J
P4
PG(S/Motor) 18 Pi1 Pi2
(Pn1,MCV)
18 Return element 39 Port relief valve
(Pn2,MCV)
P3
P01(MCV)
15 20
P2
19 Strainer 40 Selector valve
M
T(dr2) P1
19 a3
21 Dr
B1 Dr3 B3 A3 300073HC01A
3-1
GROUP 2 MAIN CIRCUIT
The main hydraulic circuit consists of suction circuit, delivery circuit, return circuit and drain circuit.
The hydraulic system consists of one main pump, one control valve, one swing motor, four cylinders
and two travel motors.
The swash plate type variable displacement tandem axial piston pump is used as the main pump and
is driven by the engine at ratio 1.0 of engine speed.
To cylinders To motors
Main pump
Suction filter
3-02
The pumps receive oil from the hydraulic tank through a suction filter. The discharged oil from the
pump flows into the control valve and goes out the tank ports.
The oil discharged from the main pump flows to the actuators through the control valve.
The control valve controls the hydraulic functions.
The return oil from the actuators flows to the hydraulic tank through the control valve and the oil
cooler.
3-2
2. RETURN CIRCUIT
Check valve(2)
Full flow filter Oil cooler 1.5kgf/cm2
Check valve(1)
3.0kgf/cm2
Check valve(3)
1.5kgf/cm2
29073CI01
All oil from each actuator returns to the hydraulic tank through the control valve.
The bypass check valves are provided in the return circuit.
The setting pressure of bypass check valves are 1.5kgf/cm2(21psi) and 3.0kgf/cm2(43psi). Usually, oil
returns to the hydraulic tank from the left side of control valve through oil cooler.
When oil temperature is low, viscosity becomes higher and flow resistance increases when passing
through the oil cooler. The oil pressure exceeds 3.0kgf/cm2(43psi), the oil returns directly to the
hydraulic tank, resulting in the oil temperature being raised quickly at an appropriate level.
When the oil cooler is clogged, the oil returns directly to the hydraulic tank through bypass check
valve(1).
The full-flow filter and bypass relief valve are provided in the hydraulic tank.
The oil from right and left side of control valve is combined and filtered by the return filter. A bypass
relief valve is provided in the full-flow filter.
When the filter element is clogged, the bypass relief valve opens at 1.5kgf/cm2(21psi) differential
pressure.
3-3
3. DRAIN CIRCUIT
dr2 ~ dr8
Check valve
1.5kgf/cm2
R29073CL02
Besides internal leaks from the motors and main pump, the oil for lubrication circulates. These oil
have to be fed to the hydraulic tank passing through spin filter and full flow filter in the hydraulic tank.
When the drain oil pressure exceed 1.5kgf/cm2(21psi), the oil returns to the hydraulic tank directly.
3-4
GROUP 3 PILOT CIRCUIT
Suction filter
Pilot pump
30073CI01
The pilot circuit consists of suction circuit, delivery circuit and return circuit.
The pilot pump is provided with relief valve, receives the oil from the hydraulic tank through the suction
filter.
The discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to the remote control valve through line filter, EPPR
valve, solenoid valve assemblies, swing parking brake, main control valve and safety lock solenoid
valve.
3-5
1. SUCTION, DELIVERY AND RETURN CIRCUIT
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
RCV PEDAL
P1 P2 Pu T1
FRONT REAR
Dr#,T PUMP PUMP
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Pd1 Pc1 Pa1 Pb1 PILOT PUMP
SAFETY
RCV LEVER(LH) RCV LEVER(RH) SOLENOID VALVE
SW AM BK BM
Pk Pu
Pb4 Pc3 Pm1 Pm2
A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
P4 PG
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4) (S/Motor)
P3 P01(MCV) HYD TANK
sh P2
B A D E G F H J T P1
Pc2 Pd2 Pd40 Pc40 Pa5 Pb5 Pa20 Pb20 LINE FILTER
2907A3HC02
The pilot pump receive oil from the hydraulic tank. The discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to
the safety solenoid valve through the line filter. The oil is filtered by the line filter. The pilot relief
valve is provided in the pilot pump for limiting the pilot circuit pressure.
The oil filtered by line filter flows remote control valve through safety solenoid valve.
The return oil from remote control valve returned to hydraulic tank.
3-6
2. SAFETY SOLENOID VALVE(SAFETY LEVER)
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
RCV PEDAL
P1 P2 Pu T1
FRONT REAR
Dr#,T PUMP PUMP
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Pd1 Pc1 Pa1 Pb1 PILOT PUMP
SAFETY
RCV LEVER(LH) RCV LEVER(RH) SOLENOID VALVE
SW AM BK BM
Pk Pu LEVER DOWN
Pb4 Pc3 Pm1 Pm2
A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
P4 PG
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4) (S/Motor)
P3 P01(MCV) HYD TANK
sh P2
B A D E G F H J T P1
Pc2 Pd2 Pd40 Pc40 Pa5 Pb5 Pa20 Pb20 LINE FILTER
LEVER UP
2907A3HC03
When the lever of the safety solenoid valve is moved downward, oil flows into the remote control valve
through solenoid valve and line filter.
When the lever of the safety solenoid valve moved upward, oil does not flows into the remote control
valve, because of blocked by the spool.
3-7
3. MAIN RELIEF PRESSURE CHANGE CIRCUIT
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
RCV PEDAL
P1 P2 Pu T1
2907A3HC04
When the power max switch on the left control lever is pushed ON, the power max solenoid valve is
actuated, the discharged oil from the pilot pump into Pu port of the main relief valve of main control
valve ; Then the setting pressure of the main control valve is raises from 330kgf/cm2 to 360kgf/cm2 for
increasing the digging power. And even when press continuously, it is canceled after 8 seconds.
3-8
4. SWING PARKING BRAKE RELEASE
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
BRAKE VALVE A5
C5
D5
SWING MOTOR Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
SH CK2
C4
PG T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
DB Pc41
(dr4) Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
PA PB Pc42
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
A(CW) B(CCW) C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
RCV PEDAL
P1 P2 Pu T1
FRONT REAR
Dr#,T PUMP PUMP
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Pd1 Pc1 Pa1 Pb1 PILOT PUMP
RCV LEVER(LH) RCV LEVER(RH)
SW AM BK BM
Pk Pu
Pb4 Pc3 Pm1 Pm2
A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
P4 PG
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4) (S/Motor)
P3 P01(MCV) HYD TANK
SH
P2
B A D E G F H J T P1
Pc2 Pd2 Pd40 Pc40 Pa5 Pb5 Pa20 Pb20 LINE FILTER
SHUTTLE VALVE
2907A3HC05
When the swing control lever is operated, the pilot oil flows to SH port of shuttle valve, this pressure
move spool so, discharged oil from pilot pump flows to PG port.
This pressure is applied to swing motor disc cylinder, thus the brake released.
When the swing control lever is set neutral position, oil in the swing motor disc cylinder is drain, thus
the brake is applied.
3-9
5. TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL PRESSURE
TRAVEL SPEED
CHANGE OVER
VALVE CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
TRAVEL MOTOR
Dr Dr
Dr Dr
B5
Pk(Pi) Pk(Pi)
A5
Pi Pi C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
N N Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
Am
CK2
Bm Bm Am
C4
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
RCV PEDAL
P1 P2 Pu T1
FRONT REAR
Dr#,T PUMP PUMP
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Pd1 Pc1 Pa1 Pb1 PILOT PUMP
RCV LEVER(LH) RCV LEVER(RH)
SW AM BK BM
TRAVEL SPEED SOLENOID VALVE
Pk Pu
Pb4 Pc3 Pm1 Pm2
A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
P4 PG
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4) (S/Motor)
P3 P0(MCV) HYD TANK
sh P2
B A D E G F H J T P1
Pc2 Pd2 Pd40 Pc40 Pa5 Pb5 Pa20 Pb20 LINE FILTER
2907A3HC06
When the travel speed solenoid valve was placed in the Hi position, the pressure oil from pilot pump
through line filter flows to port(Pk) of travel speed change over valve, and the control piston is pushed
up, thus minimizing the displacement.
When the travel speed solenoid valve was placed in the Lo position, the oil of Pk port return to the
tank and the control piston is returned, thus maximizing the displacement.
3-10
6. MAX FLOW CUT OFF SYSTEM
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
RCV PEDAL BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Pd1 Pc1 Pa1 Pb1
C1 B1
RCV LEVER(LH) RCV LEVER(RH) D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
SW AM BK BM Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4)
sh P1 P2 Pu T1
B A D E G F H J
Dr#,T a1 a2
Pm1 Pm2
MAX FLOW CUT OFF
SOLENOID VALVE Pi1 Pi2
(Pn2,MCV) (Pn1,MCV)
Pk Pu
Pb4 Pc3 Pm1 Pm2 PG
(S/Motor)
HYD TANK
M
A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 P0(MCV)
Dr a3
P4
P3 B1 Dr3 B3 A3
P2
T P1
LINE FILTER
2907A3HC07
When the breaker operation mode is selected on the cluster, max flow cut off solenoid valve actuates
automatically. Thus pilot pressure(Pm1,Pm2) is sent to the regulator and pump discharge volume is
decreased.
3-11
7. SWING PRIORITY SYSTEM
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
SWING MOTOR Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
SH OPTION BUCKET
CK2
Pc3
SWING
C4
PRIORITY
PG T/JOINT D4 SPOOL
DR3 B4
DB Pc41
(dr4) Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
PA PB Pc42
C
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
A(CW) B(CCW) C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
RCV PEDAL
P1 P2 Pu T1
FRONT REAR
Dr#,T PUMP PUMP
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Pd1 Pc1 Pa1 Pb1 PILOT PUMP
SAFETY
RCV LEVER(LH) RCV LEVER(RH) SOLENOID VALVE
SW AM BK BM
Pb4 Pk Pu
Pm1 Pm2
A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
P4 PG
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4) (S/Motor)
P3 P0(MCV) HYD TANK
SH P2
B A D E G F H J T P1
Pc2 Pd2 Pd40 Pc40 Pa5 Pb5 Pa20 Pb20 LINE FILTER
30073HC01
When carrying out the combined operation of swing and arm of the left control valve, the swing speed
can be lowered than operating speed of arm.
Pc3 pressure from the swing shuttle port(SH) of LH control lever change the swing priority spool and
decreases the oil flow rate to the next section to make the swing operation most preferential.
This is called the swing priority system. For details, refer to page 2-36.
3-12
GROUP 4 SINGLE OPERATION
1. BOOM UP OPERATION
ARM CYLINDER BUCKET CYLINDER BOOM CYLINDER
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2 BOOM HOLDING VALVE
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC10
When the RH control lever is pulled back, the boom spools in the main control valve are moved to the
up position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the front and rear pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large
chamber of boom cylinders.
At the same time, the oil from the small chamber of boom cylinders returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the boom spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the boom goes up.
The excessive pressure in the boom cylinder bottom end circuit is prevented by relief valve.
When the boom is up and the control lever is returned to neutral position, the circuit for the holding
pressure at the bottom end of the boom cylinder is closed by the boom holding valve.
This prevents the hydraulic drift of boom cylinder.
3-13
2. BOOM DOWN OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2 BOOM HOLDING VALVE
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC11
When the RH control lever is pushed forward, the boom spools in the main control valve are moved
to the down position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the rear pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small chamber of
boom cylinders. At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of boom cylinders returns to the
hydraulic tank through the boom spool in the main control valve.
When the down speed of boom is faster, the oil returned from the large chamber of boom cylinder
combines with the oil from the rear pump, and flows into the small chamber of the boom cylinder.
This prevents cylinder cavitation by the negative pressure when the rear pump flow can not match
the boom down speed. And the excessive pressure in the boom cylinder rod end circuit is prevented
by the relief valve.
3-14
3. ARM ROLL IN OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pc40 Pb4
Pd40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC12
When the LH control lever is pulled back, the arm spools in the main control valve are moved to the
roll in position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the front and rear pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large
chamber of arm cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from the small chamber of arm cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the arm spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the arm roll in.
When the roll in speed of arm is faster, the oil returned from the small chamber of arm cylinder
combines with the oil from both pump, and flows into the large chamber of the arm cylinder by a
make up valve.
The excessive pressure in the arm cylinder bottom end circuit is prevented by relief valve.
3-15
4. ARM ROLL OUT OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pc40 Pb4
Pd40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC13
When the LH control lever is pushed forward, the arm spools in the main control valve are moved to
the roll out position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the front and rear pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small
chamber of arm cylinder. At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of arm cylinder returns to
the hydraulic oil tank through the arm spool in the main control valve.
When this happens, the arm roll out. When the roll out speed of arm is faster, the oil returned from
the large chamber of arm cylinder combines with the oil from both pump, and flows into the small
chamber of the arm cylinder by a make up valve.
The excessive pressure in the arm cylinder rod end circuit is prevented by relief valve.
When the arm is rolled out and the control lever is returned to neutral position, the circuit for the
holding pressure at the rod end of the arm cylinder is closed by the arm holding valve.
This prevents the hydraulic drift of arm cylinder.
3-16
5. BUCKET ROLL IN OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
Pcb
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5 Pcb
Pd5
Pa5
OPTION BUCKET CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC14
When the RH control lever is manually placed in the bucket roll in position. Then the oil flows from
pilot pump through the pilot valve to bucket section of the main control valve. Here the spool position
is moved to bucket roll in position.
The center bypass valve is change over by the pilot pressure(Pcb) and then the oil from front pump is
joint to the flow of rear pump via check 1 and external piping.
The oil flows from both pump through rod end of the cylinder through the bucket section returned to
the hydraulic tank.
The cavitation which will happen to the bottom of the bucket cylinder is prevented by a make up valve,
on other hand. The excessive pressure is also prevented by an overload relief valve in the main
control valve.
3-17
6. BUCKET ROLL OUT OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC15
When the RH control lever is manually placed in the bucket roll out position. Then the oil flows from
pilot pump through the pilot valve to bucket section of the main control valve. Here the spool position
is moved to bucket roll out position.
The oil flows from rear pump through bucket section of main control valve to the rod end of the bucket
cylinder, and to roll out bucket.
The return oil flows from the bottom end of the cylinder through the bucket section returned to the
hydraulic tank.
The cavitation which will happen to the rod of the bucket cylinder is prevented by a make up valve, on
other hand. The excessive pressure is also prevented by an overload relief valve in the main control
valve.
3-18
7. SWING OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC16
When the LH control lever is manually placed in the left(Right) swing position. Then the oil flows from
front pump through the swing section of the main control valve to swing motor to left(Right) swing the
superstructure. The return oil flows from swing motor through the swing section of the main control
valve returned to the tank.
When the control lever placed in the neutral position, the pressure of the pilot oil passage down.
Then the brake release valve returned to the neutral position and the oil is returned from the brake
piston to the tank. And the brake is set to "ON". The swing parking brake, make up valve and the
overload relief valve are provide in the swing motors. The cavitation which will happen to the swing
motor is prevented by the make up valve in the swing motor itself.
3-19
SWING CIRCUIT OPERATION
SWING MOTOR DEVICE PARKING BRAKE
SH BRAKE OFF
PG
DB BRAKE ON
(dr4)
MAKE UP VALVE
PA PB
MAKE UP PORT
C
A(CW) B(CCW)
TO/FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE
2907A3HC17
3-20
8. TRAVEL FORWARD AND REVERSE OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC18
When the right and left travel levers are manually placed to the forward or reverse position, the oil
flows from pilot pump through the pilot valve to travel sections of the main control valve.
Here, spool position is moved to forward and reverse position. The oil flows from rear pump through
the travel(RH) section of the main control valve and turning joint to the right travel motor and oil flows
from front pump through the travel(LH) section of the main control valve and turning joint to the left
travel motor and move the machine forward or reverse.
The return oil flows from both travel motor through the turning joint and travel(RH, LH) sections
returned to the tank.
3-21
TRAVEL CIRCUIT OPERATION
PARKING BRAKE
Dr Dr
Dr Dr
Pi Pi
Pi Pi
N N
Am Bm Bm Am
B A B A
OVERLOAD
RELIEF VALVE
P
COUNTER Dr
BALANCE VALVE
Pk dr3
TO/FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE
2907A3HC19
3-22
GROUP 5 COMBINED OPERATION
1. OUTLINE
ARM CYLINDER BUCKET CYLINDER BOOM CYLINDER
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Rs Pn2 Pn1
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1
ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING
BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH)
TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
2907A3HC20
The oil from the front and rear pump flows through the neutral oil passage, bypass oil passage and
confluence oil passage in the main control valve. Then the oil goes to each actuator and operates
them. Check valves and orifices are located on these oil passage in the main control valve. These
control the oil from the main pumps so as to correspond to the operation of each actuator and
smooth the combined operation.
3-23
2. COMBINED SWING AND BOOM OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1 ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC21
When the swing and boom functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and boom spools
changed. The oil flows from the rear pump through boom1 section of the main control valve to boom
cylinders and the boom functions.
The oil flows from front pump through swing section to swing motor.
At the same time, the pressure in the boom circuits can be high while the swing pressure is low,
therefore the oil flows from front pump to boom cylinders through boom2 section via confluence
passage in case boom raise operation.
3-24
3. COMBINED SWING AND ARM OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
ARM HOLDING VALVE
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pc40 Pb4
Pd40
Pa4
ARM1
ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING PRIORITY
SWING MOTOR SPOOL
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING
BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC22
When the swing and arm functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and arm spools
changed. The oil flows from the front pump through arm1 and swing section of the main control valve
to arm cylinder and swing motor, and the arm and swing functions.
At the same time, the pressure in the arm circuit can be high while the swing pressure is low,
therefore the oil flows from front pump to arm cylinder is reduced by swing priority spool.
Refer to page 3-12 for swing priority function.
3-25
4. COMBINED SWING AND BUCKET OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1
ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH)
TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC23
When the swing and bucket functions are operated, the swing and bucket spools changed. The oil
flows from the rear pump through the bucket section of the main control valve to the bucket cylinder
and the bucket functions. The oil flows from front pump through swing section of the main control
valve to the swing motor and swing the superstructure.
3-26
5. COMBINED SWING, BOOM, ARM AND BUCKET OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pc40 Pb4
Pd40
Pa4
ARM1
ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC24
When the swing, boom, arm and bucket functions are operated, the each spools of the main control
valve changed.
The oil flows from rear pump through arm2, boom1 and bucket section to boom, arm and bucket
cylinders. The oil flows from front pump through swing, boom2 and arm1 section to swing motor,
boom and arm cylinder. Then the functions to each actuators.
According to the state of each actuators functioning, the oil flows from front and rear pump through
the confluence oil passage to the each actuators.
3-27
6. COMBINED SWING AND TRAVEL OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1
ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC25
When the swing and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and travel spools
in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote
control valve. At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the pilot oil pressure
from the pilot pump.
The oil from the front pump flows into the swing motor through the swing spool. The oil from the rear
pump flows into the travel motor through the RH travel spool of the right control valve and the LH
travel spool of the left control valve via the straight travel spool.
The superstructure swings and the machine travels straight.
3-28
7. COMBINED BOOM AND TRAVEL OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1
ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC26
When the boom and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the boom spools and travel spools
in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote
control valve. At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the pilot oil
pressure from the pilot pump. The oil from the front pump flows into the boom cylinders through the
boom 2 spool and boom 1 spool via the parallel and confluence passage in case boom up operation.
The oil from the rear pump flows into the travel motors through the RH travel spool of the right control
valve and the LH travel spool of the left control valve via the straight travel spool.
When the travel circuit pressure drops lower than boom pressure, as when traveling downhill, boom
priority and smoothness are maintained because of the orifice in the straight travel spool. Thus the
machine will continue to travel straight.
3-29
8. COMBINED ARM AND TRAVEL OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pc40 Pb4
Pd40
Pa4
ARM1
ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC27
When the arm and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the arm spools and travel spools in
the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote
control valve. At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the pilot oil
pressure from the pilot pump. The oil from the front pump flows into the arm cylinders through the
arm 1 spool and arm 2 spool via the parallel and confluence oil passage. The oil from the rear pump
flows into the travel motors through the RH travel spool of the right control valve and the LH travel
spool of the left control valve via the straight travel spool.
When the travel circuit pressure drops lower than arm pressure, as when traveling downhill, arm
priority and smoothness are maintained because of the orifice. Thus the machine will continue to
travel straight.
3-30
9. COMBINED BUCKET AND TRAVEL OPERATION
TRAVEL MOTOR
CK1
Pn2 Pn1
Rs
B5
A5
C5
D5
Pc5 Pb5
Pd5 Pa5
OPTION BUCKET
CK2
C4
T/JOINT D4
DR3 B4
Pc41
Pd40 Pb4
Pc40
Pa4
ARM1
ARM REGENERATION
Pc42
SWING MOTOR
Pc3 Pb3
DR2 Pd41
Pa21
ARM2
BOOM2
V3 B2
A2
C2
D2 Pb21
DR1
Pc2 Pb20
Pd2 Pa20
SWING BOOM1
C1 B1
D1 A1
Pc1 Pb1
Pd1 Pa1
TRAVEL(LH) TRAVEL(RH)
DR0
P01
Ptr
P1 P2 Pu T1
HYD TANK
FRONT REAR PILOT
PUMP PUMP PUMP
2907A3HC28
When the bucket and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the bucket spool and travel spools
in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote
control valve. At the same time, the straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the pilot oil
pressure from the pilot pump. The oil from the front pump flows into the bucket cylinder through the
bucket spool via the confluence oil passage. The oil from the rear pump flows into the travel motors
through the RH travel spool of the right control valve and the LH travel spool of the left control valve
via the straight travel spool of the control valve.
When the travel circuit pressure drops lower than bucket pressure, as when traveling downhill, bucket
priority and smoothness are maintained because of the orifice.
In either case, the machine will continue to travel straight.
3-31
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. LOCATION 1
7
9
B
3
A
C
10
11
Switch
panel 12
20 13
27 14
28
15
16
17
TONE 2
5 BAL
VOL
ON
BAND
SEEK
push
FAD
TUNE
1
4 PROG
3
PLL
SYNTHESIZE
R
TUNNING
1
6
20A
CAB
SPARE
HOLDER
LAMP
SPARE
FUSE
CABIN
LAMP
LAMP SPARE
BEACON
WORK
F/PUMP
LAMP & HEATER FUEL
AC
HEAD 3
MOTOR SOLENOID
LAMP HONE
WIPER 2
BOOM
SOL. LIGHT
SOLENOID
CIGAR
& HEATER SAFETY 1
AC
PANEL - HEAT SOLENOID
MOTOR PRE
SWITCH
WIPER
RY
CUT-OFF TRAVEL
FUEL
CONVERTOR HONE
PANEL
SWITCH RY -2
CR
COMP
18
AC RY
-7 ETHER
RY CR
POWER - 36
CR
- 35
CR
RY
SAFETY
-5
CR
2
4
19
CN-19A.
8 CN-19B
21
23 CN-92
24
25 22
26
30074EL01B
4-1
2. LOCATION 2
1
ON
OFF
1
1
CAB BOOM
3 6 7
8
2 9
10
1 11
12
13
14
5
15
30007A4EL02
4-2
30074EL03
5W 104 115 5W
5R 105 TO:STARTER "B" TERM.
3L 103
FUSE BOX
5W 104
5W 115
105
10
1
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
60R 60B
5R 116
5R 43
PRE-HEATER AC COMP.
CN-60 5R 43
20A
10A
20A
10A
10A
20A
10A
10A
10A
20A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
20A
20A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
BATTERY
85
85
85
85
CASSETTE RADIO
86
86
86
86
2
1
ALTERNATOR "R"
12V X 2
FUEL FILLER P/P
CIGAR LIGHTER
CS-74
SWITCH PANEL
FUEL WARMER
WIPER MOTOR
BEACON LAMP
2
1
87a 87
87a 87
87a 87
87a 87
30
30
30
30
PRE-HEATER
AC& HEATER
CONVERTOR
AC& HEATER
BATT RY
SAFETY SOL
ROOM LAMP
WORK LAMP
CABIN LAMP
AC BLOWER
SOLENOID 1
SOLENOID 3
HEAD LAMP
2
1
START KEY
CLUSTER
TRAVEL
WIPER+
CPU B+
CR-36
SPARE
CN-36
CR-1
CR-35
HORN
87a
87a
87a
87a
CR-2
FUSIBLE LINK
CR-7
CPU
30
30
30
30
87
86
86
86
85
85
85
85
86
87
87
87
3L
W
R
GrW
CS-74
RW
RW
LW
GrW
Gr
Or
Gr
Gr
2L
Gr
Or
Br
Br
YW
VW
R
R
R
V
Y
Y
L
Br
Br
103
G
Y
B
L
L
G1
L
L
18
93
119
117
102
200
100
109
110
18
99
77
78
90
15
10
56
87
86
97
83
20
19
58
8
4
5
1
20A
107
106
G2
5A
20
62
4a
4b
85
22
98
5
MASTER SW
NO. DESTINATION CN-11
2.0 B 111
1 AC CONTROLLER GND 1
2.0 B G4
2 BLOWER MOTOR GND 2
2.0 L 4
3 AC 24V 3
1.25R 102
4 AC CONTROLLER B+ 4
2.0 RW 200
5 AC CONTROLLER B+ 5
LW 101
6 AC COMP 6 DO-3
9E G
7 AC CONDENSOR FAN 7 2
R 6A G3 B
8 ILLUMINATION 8 1
DIODE
AIR-CON
DO-2
9A G
2
92 V
NO. DESTINATION CN-10 1
V 100 DIODE
1 CASSETTE RADIO 24V 1
R 6E
2 ILLUMINATION 2 DO-1
9 G
3 NC 3 2
2B G5 16A W
4 GND 4 1
5 NC 5 DIODE
Y 99
6 CASSETTE&ROOM LAMP B+ 6
B
7 NC 7
B 112
8 CASSETTE GND 8
9 NC 9 EARTH 1
G 96
112
111
Y
3 BEACON LAMP 24V 3
G 96
4 BEACON LAMP SIG 4 CN-20
Or 1A G24 B
5 BREAKER SW 24V 5 1
Gr 95 22 R
6 BREAKER SIG 6 2
7 SPARE SW 7
Or 1E
8 SPARE SW 8 CN-12 CL-5
Br 94 G23 2.0 B B 1 1 B
9 START KEY (START SIG) 9 1 1
R 93 91 V V 2 2 V
10 START KEY (ACC) 10 2 2
V 92 WORK LAMP LH
11 START KEY (BR) 11
W 18A
12 START KEY (COM) 12 CR-13 CL-6
G32 B 1a B
1 2 1 1
G23
56 Gr 2a V
CN-7 2 2
RW 57 57 RW
1 HEAD LIHGT SIG 1 3 WORK LAMP RH
V 91 6 R
2 WORK LIHGT SIG 2 4
2.0 B
4 3
W 82
3 WIPER DRIVE SIG 3 HEAD LAMP
Br 44
4 PRE HEAT SIG 4
L 90
5 SW PANEL 24V 5
Or 89
6 CABIN LIGHT SIG 6
Gr 56A EARTH 1 OPTION
7 HEAD LIHGT 24V 7
Y 87
8 WORK LIHGT 24V 8 CN-15 CN-15 CD-6
L 79 26 YW 114 1 Y/W
9 WASHER SIG 9 1 1
B G7 108 Y Y 2 Y Pa
10 GND 10 2 2
OrW 28
11 TRAVEL ALARM SIG 11 2 PS BOOM AUTO-IDLE PS
R 86
12 CABIN LIGHT 24V 12 CD-7
G17 B
13 NC 13
CN-22
1 aP
10A GrW 108 Y
2
G9
14 NC 14 2 M
15 NC 15 80 V
WORK P/S
1
RH CONSOL
2B
WASHER P/P
CD-6
G16 B
1 aP
31 R
2
EARTH 1 TRAVEL P/S
NO. DESTINATION CN-6
Or 1
1 QUICK COUPLING SW 24V 1 CN-140
Y 21 21 Y
2
4-3
2 QUICK COUPLING SW SIG 2
LW 84 G19 B
3 OVERLOAD SW 3 1
G 46 QUICK COUPLING
4 OVERLOAD SW 4
GrW 10
5 WIPER MOTOR 24V 5
B G8
6 GND 6 CN-66
Gr 83 95 Gr
7 CIGARLIGHTER 24V 7 2
R 6E G21 B B
8 CIGARLIGHTER ILL. 8 1
W 82 BREAKER SOL.
9 WIPER DRIVE SIG 9
Br 81
10 INT. SIG 10 CR-46
V 80 122 BW
11 WASHER PUMP 11 1 2 1 CD-37
GW 24 58 RW 84 LW
12 ECONO SW 12 2 2 Pa
58A RW G18 B
3 1
123 L
CN-5 4 4 3 OVERLOAD PS
L 79
1 WASHER SIG 1 FUEL HEATER
2 NC 2
Br 77 CN-147
3 CLUSTER 24V 3
V 119 123 L
4 WIPER MOTOR CONT. 4 B
Gr 78 G20 B
5 CONVERTOR 24V 5 A
WOr 61
6 HOUR METER SIG 6
Or 8A FUEL HEATER
7 HOUR METER 24V 7
SHILD 70
8 SHIELD 8
B 113
9 CLUSTER GND 9
Y 68
10 CLUSTER SERIAL+ (RX) 10 CN-137
L 69 60 BrW
11 CLUSTER SERIAL- (TX) 11 1
LOr 2 3A R
12 ECONO SW 12 2
B 41
13 ECONO SW 13 MAX FLOW
14 NC
113
14 CN-133
55 GW
41
15 NC 15 1
3 R
RH SIDE HARNESS 2
B
BOOM PRIORITY
B
CN-88
63 LW
NO. DESTINATION CN-4 1
B G9 3E R
1 POWER MAX SW 1 2
Y 34 EARTH 2 EARTH 2
2 POWER MAX SW 2 POWER MAX
B G10
3 O/T DECEL SW 3 CN-70
Gr 45 64 W
4 O/T DECEL SW 4 1
19 Y
5 NC 5 2
B G11 TRAVEL
6 SAFETY SW (Com) 6
7 SAFETY SW (NC) 7 CN-68
G 76 76 G
8 SAFETY SW (NO) 8 1
109 R
LH CONSOL 2
SAFETY SOL
NO. DESTINATION CN-2
GrW 30
1 ENG OIL PS 1
2 N.C. 2 CN-81
OrW 121 19A Y
3 ENG OIL FILTER PS. 3 1
51 V
4 SHIELD EARTH 4 2
5 N.C. 5 TRAVEL BUZZER
B 12E
6 WATER TEMP SENDOR 6
G 32
7 WATER TEMP SENDOR 7 CR-5
17 Gr
8 NC 8 30
L 52 94 Br 87a 87 85
9 PUMP EPPR V/V 9 86
Y 48 15A LW
10 PUMP EPPR V/V 10 87
W 67 37 VW
11 TACHO SENSOR 11 85
B 65 30 86
12 TACHO SENSOR 12 87a
HARNESS ENG REAR 37A VW B 23B SAFETY
CN-1
R 14
1 P1,P2,P3 B+ 1 CN-92
2 NC 2
B 47 CN-19B
3 P1,P2,P3 GND 3 B G14
BW 38 1
4 PUMP1 PRESS SIG 4 L 53
Br 39 2
5 PUMP2 PRESS SIG 5
V 40
6 PUMP3 PRESS SIG 6 CN-19 CN-19A
48 Y Y 50
HARNESS PS L
1 1
L
52 49
2 2
CN-3
LW 15
1 ALTERNATOR(R) 1
2 N.C. 2
B G13
3 START RELAY(GND) 3
Gr 17
4 START RELAY(POWER) 4
VW 85
5 AC COMPRESSOR 5
WOr 16
6 ALTERNATOR(I) 6
7 N.C. 7
GrW 107
53
8 PRE-HEATER RY(CR-23) 8
8E
HARNESS ENG FRONT
Or
L
CN-47
1
2
RESISTER
21E7-4000
12
33
12A
27
G12
13A
11A
122
117
120
121
26
34
28
30
14
47
16
38
39
40
31
45
36
24
13
11
29
25
33
65
67
12
32
27
55
60
63
61
62
49
37
54
64
51
44
46
66
23
68
69
71
72
73
50
36
66
54
29
2
8
BOr
GROUP 2 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
GrOr
23
7
B
120
73
72
71
B
OrW
GrW
WOr
GrOr
GOr
WOr
OrW
GW
BrW
GOr
LOr
YW
BW
BOr
GW
GW
GY
YW
BW
VW
LW
Br
Gr
Or
W
Br
B
W
W
W
R
R
G
G
Y
B
R
B
B
Y
Y
L
L
B
CD-2
L
CD-1
GW
1
2
G
R
B
1
2
CN-76
6
5
4
3
2
1
CD-10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN-51
CN-50
CN-126
Pa
EARTH 1
3
4
1
2
SIG
M+
P+
NC
M-
P-
HYD TEMP
CAN_GND(J1939-GND)
CPU PROGRAM DUMP
FUEL
7
WATER TEMP SENDOR
GND(PRES.SENSOR)
TRAVEL ALARM SW
1
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
5
TRAVEL SOLENOID
BOOM PRIORITY SOL
TACHO SENSOR(+)
TACHO SENSOR(-)
ANTI-RESTART RY
2
ENG PRE-HEATER
RS232
WATER LEVEL SW
PUMP PROLIX SW
AIR CLEANER SW
M
TRAVEL Hi/Lo SW
BOOM UP PRESS
TRAVEL BUZZER
POWER MAX SW
GND (POT&DIAL)
BATTERY 24V(+)
ACCEL DIAL SIG
ÂELECTRICAL CIRCUIT(1/2)
CONNECTOR
B
HEAVY LIFT SW
OVERLOAD SIG
TRAVEL OIL PS
BRAKE FAIL PS
GND (SENSOR)
FUEL WARMER
CAN_H(J1939+)
P1 PRESS SIG.
P2 PRESS SIG.
P3 PRESS SIG.
O/T DECEL SW
PUMP EPPR(+)
5V (POT&DIAL)
PRE-HEAT SW
PUMP EPPR(-)
CAN_L(J1939-)
ACCEL ACT(+)
HOUR-METER
ACCEL ACT(-)
WORKING PS
6
PARKING SW
3
RS232 (GND)
RS232 (RXD)
RS232 (TXD)
ECONO OFF
ENG OIL PS
GND (MAIN)
ECONO ON
ACCEL ACTUATOR
SERIAL-RX
ALT LEVEL
T/M OIL PS
ACCEL SW
SERIAL-TX
POWER IG
POT-SIG
GND
EARTH 1
NC
NC
30007A4EL04
7
1
7
Lo 1
4
ML 2
MH 3
5 5
M
Hi
4
2
2
5
6
7
5
6
7
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
CD-42 CN-1
R RW 1 1 RW
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
1
4
4
2
3
2
3
WR
3
BW
WB
W
BG
BG
GB
GB
G
GL
YB
LR
LB
SIG 2 2 2 NC
Y
YBr
YW
W B 2 2 B
LG
YW
BG
RY
RY
2B
YB
L
20A
L
9A
9B
21
22
17
20
18
19
23
24
25
3
16
15
W
PUMP1 PRESS(21EG-32200) 4 4 CPU CONTROLLER
36A
26
35
27
33A
4 BR
32
36
6B
6A
29
33
36
28
35
5 5 CPU CONTROLLER
5 V
CD-43 6 6 CPU CONTROLLER
R RW 1A
24V 3
G BR 4
SIG 2
W B 2A
GND 1
HARNESS PUMP PS
PUMP2 PRESS(21EG-32200)
CD-44
R RW 1E
24V 3
G V 5
SIG 2
W B 2E
CN-11 NO. DESTINATION GND 1
1,2 BR
1 1 GND(CONTROLLER) PUMP3 PRESS(21EG-32210)
AIR CON
32 2B
2 2 GND(BLOWER)
6 RY
3 3 FUSE(IG)
10 RW
4 4 NC
33 2R
5 5 FUSE(Battery)
30 LW
6 6 DPS(COMPRESSOR)
31 LY
7 7 CONDENSOR FAN
5 G
8 8 ILLUMINATION
WB 15
BW 16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
GB 10
1
BR 2
RW 3
RW 4
5
RY 6
8
GB 9
CN-21
GW
BrR
WR
YBr
LW
BG
BG
BG
9
BR
8
GL
YB
LG
YB
LR
LB
LY
OVERLOAD SW
G
Y
2
8
7
8
2
7
9
1
2
1.25G
Gr 12
I
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
10
11
12
13
14
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5
R 4A
CS-53
4
4 G 8
5
TEMP MOTOR ACT(+)
DUCT SENSOR(GND)
TEMP MOTOR ACT(-)
9
BLOWER RELAY(M1)
BLOWER RELAY(M2)
COMPRESSOR(DPS)
BLOWER RELAY(LO)
1
2
MODE M/ACT(FOOT)
2A B
10
L
5
6
INLET MOTOR(REC)
BLOWER RELAY(HI)
10
5
6
INLET MOTOR(FRE)
MODE M/ACT(PBR)
6 M 2 6
TEMP M/ACT(PBR)
CS-50
MOTOR ACT(REF)
CONDENSER FAN
CS-67
DUCT SENSOR(+)
MODE M/ACT(M+)
MODE M/ACT(M-)
Or
10
3
7
2
6
1
4
5
8
9
10
3
7
2
6
1
4
5
8
9
ILLUMINATION
BATTERY(+)
BATTERY(+)
11
WIPER MOTOR
POWER IG
LW
Or
Or
1A Gr
DUCT
Or
G
G1 B
2A Y
G2 B
RH SIDE HARNESS
SENSOR
GND
GND
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
7
6
CN-141
AC&HEATER CONTROLLER G 8
FEED BACK 1
W 1
MOTOR DRIVE SIG 2 CN-17
L 9
MOTOR DRIVE- 3 1
R 10 1 W W 9
MOTOR DRIVE+ 4 2
B 2 2 B B G3
GND 5 3
GrW 3 3 GrW GrW 3
VCC 6 4
R 4 4 R R 29
CONTINUE 24V 7 5 CN-156
V 5 5 V V 11 G9 B
WASHER P/P 8 6 2
L 6 6 L L 13 1F Gr
WASHER SIG. 9 7 1
Br 7 7 Br Br 10
INT. SIG 10 8 AIR SEAT
Or 11
WIPER CUT SW 11
N.C 12
Gr 12
FEED BACK 13 CN-6 NO. DESTINATION
4 Or
WIPER MOTOR CONT 1 1 FUSE
2 Y
2 2 QUICK COUPLING SOL
5 LW
3 3 OVERLOAD PS
6 G
4 4 CPU CONTROLLER
CN-24 3 GrW
BW 12 CL-2 5 5 FUSE
2 B G5 G1 B
Gr 11 6 6 GND
1 Gr 1 1 Gr
7 7 FUSE
R 8 8 R
SPEAKER RH CS-1 8 8 ILLUMINATION
8 Gr 9 W
CIGARLIGHT 9 9 SWITCH PANEL
CN-23 10 Br
BOr 10 10 10 SWITCH PANEL
2 11 V
Or 9 DOOR SW CN-48 11 11 WASHER PUMP
1 Or 16 12 GW
12 12 CPU CONTROLLER
+ -
13 13 NC
15
14 14 NC
CN-144
1 15 15 NC
NC
L 14
R1 2
NC 3
Y 13 CL-9
4 7 Or
R2 2
NC 5 3 B
1
RW 16
24V OUTPUT 6 CAB LIGHT
4-4
V 1 CS-5
IG 24V INPUT 7 CS-26A B 8
Gr 5A 1
NC 8 2 Y 9
R 2A 7A
CL-8 2
ILLUMINATION 9 Or CS-54 Gr 18A
2 1
3A B
B G2 HORN
NC 10 10
B 5A 1 9 10 L 7A BREAKER CN-142
GND 11 9 13 GOr
A +
NC 12 8 CS-26 12 W
CL-7 8 Gr 18 B S
REMOCONE 6 G 6 7 1 11 B
M 2 B 19 Gr 5 C - CN-9 NO. DESTINATION
3B B 6 2 8 B
7 Or 20 ACCEL DIAL 1 1 GND
BEACON LAMP 5 5 BREAKER 9 Y
1 2 2 HORN RELAY
4 32 BrW
3 3 FUEL WARMER
3 10 Br
Gr 14 4 4 WIPER CONTROLLER
2 11 B
L 7 5 5 CPU CONTROLLER
1 12 W
6 6 CPU CONTROLLER
SPARE SW 13 GOr
7 7 CPU CONTROLLER
CS-23 14 Gr
B G1 8 8 NC
9 10 10
G 6A
9 CN-8
15 G
8 1 1 NC
CD-19 8 7 L
6 7 2 2 NC
Pa OrW 4 2 Y 16 16 Y
6 3 3 FUSE
7 6 G
5 5 4 4 BEACON LAMP
ENG. OIL FILTER SW. 1 17 Or
4 5 5 FUSE
18 Gr
3 6 6 BRAKER SOL
G 6 19 B
CD-8 2 7 7 NC
B 2 20 Or
C 1 1 8 8 FUSE
G 3 21 Br
2 BEACON LAMP SW 9 9 SAFETY RELAY
ENGINE HARNESS REAR
22 R
WATER TEMP SENDOR 10 10 POWER RELAY
CS-27 23 V
B G3 11 11 DIODE(DO-2)
9 10 10 24 W
Gr 5A 12 12 FUSE
CD-18 9
CN-2 NO. DESTINATION G 15
GrW 1 1 GrW 8 CN-7
Pa 1 1 CPU CONTROLLER 8 25 R
6 7 1 1 HEAD LAMP
2 2 NC 2 4 V
4 OrW 6 2 2 WORK LAMP
ENG OIL PRESS 3 3 CPU CONTROLLER 7 Or 17 26 W
5 5 3 3 WIPER CONTROLLER
4 4 NC 1 Or 17E 27 Br
4 4 4 CPU CONTROLLER
5 5 NC Or 17F 28 L
2 B 3 5 5 FUSE
6 6 CPU CONTROLLER 3 Or
3 G 2 6 6 CABIN LIGHT
7 7 CPU CONTROLLER GY 5 29 Gr
1 7 7 FUSE
CN-75 8 8 NC 2 Y
L 5 5 L BREAKER SW 8 8 FUSE
2 9 9 PROLIX SW 30 L
Y 6 6 Y 9 9 WIPER CONTROLLER
1 10 10 PROLIX SW CS-84 G1 B
7 W B G5 10 10 GND
EPPR VLV 11 11 CPU CONTROLLER 9 10 10 31 OrW
8 B BrW 32A 11 11 CPU CONTROLLER
12 12 CPU CONTROLLER 9 1 R
12 12 FUSE
CD-17 8 33 LW
rp W 7 8 13 13 SEAT HEATER
m 2 6 7 34 G
B 8 2 14 14 SPARE
1 6
7 Or 17A 15 15 NC
TACHO SENSOR 5 5
1
4
3 CS-2
24 W
H0 I
2
START KEY SW
1
BrW 32 23 V
1
0, I
2
FUEL WARMER 22 R
4
H
3
CS-82
BR ACC
4 1
B
2
B G6 21 Br 3
10 10 5
9 LW 33A
9 6
ST C
8 5
RH HARNESS
8 6
6 7
2 Y 16A
6
7 CN-116
5 5 1A R
1 17 CABIN LIGHT 24V
4 1 R
16 CABIN LIGHT 24V
3 10 Br
LW 33 15 INT. SIG
60 R 2 31 OrW
FROM BATT.RY 1 14 TRAVEL ALARM
G4 B
HEAT SEAT 13 GND
CN-3 NO. DESTINATION 30 L
CN-45 8 W 12 WASHER SIG
5.0R 1 1 FUSE(12) CS-83 2A Y
B+ CR-23 B G7 11 WORK LIGHT 24V
M 10
1
B 1 1 B
2
3
2
3
N.C.
GND
9 10 10
G 34A
2 Y
29 Gr
10 WORK LIGHT 24V
9
Gr 2 2 Gr 9 HEAD LIHGT 24V
5.0W 11 2 4 4 SAFETY RY 8 3A Or
M 5 VW 8 8 CABIN LIGHT OUT
5 5 AC COMPRESSOR RELAY 6 7 3 Or
STARTER START RY 3 W 2 7 CABIN LIGHT OUT
6 6 CPU,DIODE(DO-1) 6 28 L
7 Y 16E 6 POWER 24V
7 7 N.C. 5 5 27 Br
6 GrW 1 5 PRE-HEAT
8 8 PRE-HEATER COIL RY. 4 26 W
4 WIPER MOTOR DRIVE
CN-74 4A V
ENGINE FRONT HARNESS
3
15R 7 3 WORK LIGHT OUT
B+ 2 4 V
U G 34 2 WORK LIGHT OUT
1 25 R
W 3 1 HEAD LIGHT OUT
G
~3 I 1
LW 4
SPARE SWITCH PANEL
R 2
ALTERNATOR
DO-4
W 8
1
LW 4 CS-29
2 B 1
1
Y 2
2
LH HARNESS
POWER MAX CN-4 NO. DESTINATION
1 B
1 1 GND
2 Y
CS-19 2 2 CPU CONROLLER
ÂELECTRICAL CIRCUIT(2/2)
CR-24 B 3 3 B
1 3 3 GND
GrW 6 Gr 4 4 Gr
CN-78 2 4 4 CPU CONROLLER
ONE TOUCH DECEL 5 5 NC
G B
6 6 GND
HEATER RY CS-4 6 V
AIR-GRID Or 5 7 7 NC
HEATER B C A 7 G
V 6 8 8 SAFETY SOL
B
G 7
A C
CN-28
VW 5 SAFETY SW
1 CS-20
5 Or
AC COMP
SAFETY SW
1. POWER CIRCUIT
The negative terminal of battery is grounded to the machine chassis through master switch.
When the start switch is in the OFF position, the current flows from the positive battery terminal as
shown below.
1) OPERATING FLOW
Battery Battery relay Fusible linkÐCN-60Ñ
Fuse boxÐNo.1Ñ l/connÐCN-8(12)Ñ Start switchÐCS-2(1)Ñ
Power relayÐCR-35(30)]
Fuse boxÐNo.2Ñ I/connÐCN-10(6)Ñ Room lampÐCL-1(2)Ñ Door switchÐCS-1Ñ
Cassette radioÐCN-27(11)Ñ
Fuse boxÐNo.3Ñ l/connÐCN-11(4)Ñ AC & Heater controllerÐCN -116(3, 4)Ñ
Fuse boxÐNo.4Ñ I/connÐCN - 5(4)Ñ I/connÐCN -17(5)Ñ Wiper motor controller
ÐCN-141(7)Ñ
Wiper motorÐCN-21(4)Ñ
Fuse boxÐNo.5Ñ CPU controllerÐCN-50(7)Ñ
Fuse boxÐNo.6Ñ I/connÐCN - 11(5)Ñ Relay(Hi, M2)
2) CHECK POINT
Engine Start switch Check point Voltage
ö GND : Ground
4-5
POWER CIRCUIT
5R
5R
CS-74
2
1
CS-74
MASTER SW
CN-60
5R
2
5R
1
300074EL05
4-6
2. STARTING CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Battery(+) terminal ÐCR-1Ñ
Battery relay Fusible linkÐCN-60Ñ
Fuse boxÐNo.1Ñ I/connÐCN-8(12)Ñ Start switchÐCS-2(1)Ñ
(1) When start key switch is in ON position
Start switch ONÐCS-2(2)Ñ I/connÐCN-8(11)Ñ Battery relayÐCR-1Ñ
Battery relay operating (All power is supplied with the electric component)
Start switch ONÐCS-2(3)Ñ I/connÐCN-8(10)Ñ Power relayÐCR-35(86) Ą (87)Ñ
Fuse boxÐNo.12Ñ I/connÐCN-3(1)Ñ AlternatorÐCN-74(2)Ñ
Safety relayÐCR-5(87)Ñ
(2) When start key switch is in START position
Start switch STARTÐCS-2(5)Ñ I/connÐCN-8(9)Ñ Anti-restart relayÐCR-5(86) Ą (30)Ñ
l/connÐCN-3(4)Ñ Start relayÐCR-23Ñ
2) CHECK POINT
Engine Start switch Check point Voltage
Η - GND(Battery)
Θ - GND(Start key)
Ι - GND(Battery relay M4)
OPERATING START Κ - GND(Starter B+) 20~25V
Λ - GND(Starter M)
Μ - GND(Start relay)
Ν - GND(Battery relay M8)
ö GND : Ground
4-7
STARTING CIRCUIT
5R
5R
CS-74
2
1
CS-74
MASTER SW
CN-60
5R
2
5R
1
300074EL06
4-8
3. CHARGING CIRCUIT
When the starter is activated and the engine is started, the operator releases the key switch to the ON
position.
Charging current generated by operating alternator flows into the battery through the battery relay
(CR-1).
The current also flows from alternator to each electrical component and controller through the fuse box.
1) OPERATING FLOW
(1) Warning flow
Alternator "I" terminal I/connÐCN-3(6)Ñ CPU alternator levelÐCN-51(95)Ñ
Cluster charging warning lamp(Via serial interface)
2) CHECK POINT
Η - GND(Battery voltage)
Θ - GND(Battery relay)
Run ON Ι - GND(Alternator B+ terminal) 20~30V
Κ - GND(Alternator I terminal)
Λ - GND(CPU)
ö GND : Ground
4-9
CHARGING CIRCUIT
5R
5R
CS-74
2
1
CS-74
MASTER SW
CN-60
5R
2
5R
1
300074EL07
4-10
4. HEAD AND WORK LIGHT CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box (No.14) Head light relayÐCR-13(2)Ñ
I/connÐCN-7(7)Ñ Switch panelÐCN-116(9)Ñ
Fuse box (No.15) I/connÐCN-7(8)Ñ Switch panelÐCN-116(10,11)Ñ
(1) Head light switch ON
Head light switch ONÐCN-116(1)Ñ l/connÐCN-7(1)] Head light relayÐCR-13(3)Ą(4)Ñ
Head light ONÐCL-3(2), CL-4(2)Ñ
l/connÐCN-10(2)Ñ Cassette radio illumination ONÐCN-27(7)Ñ
l/connÐCN-11(8)Ñ AC & Heater controller illumination ON
l/connÐCN-6(8)Ñ CigarlightÐCL-2Ñ
(2) Work light switch ON
Work light switch ONÐCN-116(2,3)Ñ l/connÐCN-7(2)Ñ l/connÐCN-12(1)Ñ
Work light ONÐCL-5(2), CL-6(2)Ñ
2) CHECK POINT
Η - GND(Fuse box)
Θ - GND(Switch power input)
Ι - GND(Switch power output)
STOP ON 20~25V
Κ - GND(Head light)
Λ - GND(Head light relay input)
Μ - GND(Head light relay output)
Ν - GND(Fuse box)
Ξ - GND(Switch power input)
STOP ON 20~25V
Ο - GND(Switch power output)
Π - GND(Work light)
ö GND : Ground
4-11
HEAD AND WORK LIGHT CIRCUIT
B
1 2 1
Gr
2
RW
3
R
4 4 3
300074EL08
4-12
5. BEACON LAMP AND CAB LIGHT CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box (No.17) I/connÐCN-8(3)Ñ Beacon lamp switchÐCN-23(6)Ñ
Fuse box (No.16) I/connÐCN-7(12)Ñ Switch panelÐCN-116(16, 17)Ñ
(1) Beacon lamp switch ON
Beacon lamp switch ONÐCS-23(2)Ñ Switch lndicator lamp ONÐCS-23(9)Ñ
l/connÐCN-8(4)Ñ l/connÐCN-10(10)Ñ
Beacon lamp ONÐCL-7Ñ
(2) Cab light switch ON
Cab light switch ONÐCN-116(7, 8)Ñ I/connÐCN-7(6)Ñ I/connÐCN-10(11)Ñ
Cab light ONÐCL-8(2), CL-9(2)Ñ
2) CHECK POINT
Η - GND(Fuse box)
Θ - GND(Switch power input)
STOP ON 20~25V
Ι - GND(Switch power output)
Κ - GND(Beacon lamp)
Λ - GND(Fuse box)
Μ - GND(Switch power input)
STOP ON 20~25V
Ν - GND(Switch power output)
Ξ - GND(Cab light)
ö GND : Ground
4-13
BEACON LAMP AND CAB LIGHT CIRCUIT
300074EL09
4-14
6. WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
(1) Key switch ON
Fuse box (No.11) I/connÐCN-7(5)Ñ Switch panelÐCN-116(6)Ñ
Fuse box (No.4) I/connÐCN-5(4)Ñ I/connÐCN-17(5)Ñ Wiper motor controllerÐCN-141(7)Ñ
Wiper motorÐCN-21(4)Ñ
Fuse box (No.13) I/connÐCN-6(5)Ñ l/connÐCN-17(4)Ñ Wiper motor controllerÐCN-141(6)Ñ
Washer pumpÐCN-22(2)Ñ
(2) Wiper switch ON : 1st step(Intermittent)
Wiper switch ONÐCN-116(15)Ñ ÐCN-9(4)Ñ I/conn
I/conn ÐCN-6(10)Ñ I/conn ÐCN-17(8)Ñ
Wiper motor controllerÐCN-141(10) Ą (3)Ñ Wiper motor intermittently operatingÐCN-21(6)Ñ
(3) Wiper switch ON : 2nd step(Low speed)
Wiper switch ONÐCN-116(4)Ñ I/connÐCN-7(3)Ñ I/connÐCN-6(9)Ñ I/conn ÐCN-17(2)Ñ
Wiper motor controllerÐCN-141(2) Ą (4)Ñ Wiper motor operatingÐCN-21(2)Ñ
(4) Washer switch ON
Washer switch ONÐCN-116(12)Ñ I/connÐCN-7(9)Ñ I/connÐCN-5(1)Ñ I/connÐCN-17(7)Ñ
Wiper motor controllerÐCN-141(9) Ą (8)Ñ I/connÐCN-17(6)Ñ I/connÐCN-6(11)Ñ
Washer pumpÐCN-22(1)Ñ Washer operating
Wiper switch ONÐCN-116(4)Ñ I/connÐCN-7(3)Ñ I/connÐCN-6(9)Ñ I/conn ÐCN-17(2)Ñ
Wiper motor controllerÐCN-141(2) Ą (4)Ñ Wiper motor operatingÐCN-21(2)Ñ
(5) Auto parking(When switch OFF)
Switch OFFÐCN-116(15)Ñ Wiper motor parking position by wiper motor controller
2) CHECK POINT
Engine Start switch Check point Voltage
Η - GND(Fuse box)
24V
Θ - GND(Switch power input)
Ι - GND(Switch power output)
STOP ON 0 ~ 5V
Κ - GND(Wiper Power input)
Λ - GND(Wiper power output)
0 or 24V
Μ - GND(Wiper motor)
ö GND : Ground
4-15
WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
290074EL10
4-16
CONTROLLER CIRCUIT
B G14
1
L 53
2
Y 50
1 1
L 49
2 2
300074EL11
4-17
GROUP 3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT SPECIFICATION
ö Check contact
Glow plug relay 24V 200A Normal : 0.942̫
(For terminal 1-GND)
CR-24
6
5
4
3
2
1
B ö Check contact
1
3
2
CS AC B H
Pressure 1
switch Pa 10kgf/cm2 ö Check contact
2 (N.C TYPE) Normal : 0.1̫
(Travel,
working) CD-6 CD-7
4-20
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
CD-37
ö Check resistance
Air gird heater 24V 200A
0.25~0.12̫
CN-78
C 1 ö Check resistance
Temperature
- 50ÁC : 804̫
sensor
2 80ÁC : 310̫
(Hydraulic)
CD-8 100ÁC : 180̫
CD-1 CD-8
ö Check resistance
Full : 50̫ 6/12 : 350̫
2 11/12 : 100̫ 5/12 : 400̫
Fuel sender 10/12 : 150̫ 4/12 : 450̫
1 -
9/12 : 200̫ 3/12 : 500̫
8/12 : 250̫ 2/12 : 550̫
CD-2 7/12 : 300̫ 1/12 : 600̫
Empty warning : 700̫
M- 6
6
M
5
M+ 5 ö Check resistance
NC 4 Normal : 9~10̫
Accel actuator 2
P- 3 - (For terminal 5-6)
3 1
SIG 2 0.8~1.2k̫
P+ 1 (For terminal 1-3)
CN-76
4-21
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
30
86
87a 87 85 ö Check resistance
87 Normal : About 160 ̫
Relay 85
86
24V 16A (For terminal 85-86)
30
87a
0̫(For terminal 30-87a)
CR-2 CR-5 CR-7 CR-13 â̫(For terminal 30-87)
CR-35 CR-36 CR-46
1
ö Check resistance
Solenoid valve 2
24V 1A Normal : 15~25̫
(For terminal 1-2)
CN-66
CN-66CN-68
CN-68CN-70 CN-88
CN-70
CN-88
CN-133 CN-133
CN-137 CN-137
CN-140
2
ö Check resistance
EPPR valve 700mA Normal : 15~25̫
1
(For terminal 1-2)
CN-75
1
öCheck resistance
Resistor 45̫ 20WÜ5% Normal : 45̫
2
CN-47
ö Check disconnection
Speaker 20W Normal : A few̫
CN-23(LH)
CN-24(RH)
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ö Check contact
10 6 5
Normal
ON : 0 ̫(For terminal 1-5, 2-6)
Switch â̫(For terminal 5-7, 6-8)
24V 8A
(Locking type) OFF : â̫(For terminal 1-5, 2-6)
9 8 2 7 1
0 ̫(For terminal 5-7, 6-8)
CS-23 CS-27 CS-50 CS-52
CS-54 CS-82 CS-83 CS-84
4-22
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
ö Check resist
Normal : About 5k̫
A + (For terminal A-C)
Accel dial B S - Normal : About 5V
C - (For terminal A-C)
: 2~4.5V
CN-142
(For terminal C-B)
8
2
7
9
1
I
ö Check disconnection
Normal : 1.0̫
ON : 0̫(For terminal 1-5, 2-6)
Switch 24V 8A
5
10
â̫(For terminal 5-7, 6-8)
OFF : â̫(For terminal 1-5, 6-8)
3
10
2
6
1
4
5
8
9
2
Head lamp, 24V 70W ö Check disconnection
Work lamp, (H3 Type)
24V 70W : 10 ̫
Room lamp, 1 24V 10W
Cab lamp (Room lamp) 24V 10W : 50 ̫
CL-1 CL-3 CL-4 CL-5
CL-6 CL-8 CL-9
CL-7
CL-7
-
öCheck operation
1
Hour meter Supply power(24V) to terminal
h 16~32V
2 No.2 and connect terminal No.1
and ground
CN-48
4-23
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
öCheck operation
DC22~28V Supply power(24V) to each
Horn
2A
terminal and connect ground.
CN- 20, CN - 25
2 3 öCheck contact
1
Normal : 0̫(For terminal 1-2)
2 24V 15A â̫(For terminal 1-3)
Safety switch 1
(N.C TYPE)
3
Operating : â̫(For terminal 1-2)
1
0̫(For terminal 1-3)
CS-4
CS-20 CS-53
1
Receiver dryer P öCheck contact
24V 2.5A
2 Normal : â̫
CN-29
N.C 1
2
S.R- 3
4
S.L- 5
N.C 6
7
8
öCheck voltage
Cassette radio S.R+ 9
24V 2A 20~25V
10
11
12 (For terminal 10-14, 11-14)
S.L+ 13
14
CN-27
CN-22
4-24
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
3 1
2
5 3
4
4
öCheck disconnection
Wiper motor 5 24V 2A
6 2 6
Normal : 7̫(For terminal 2-6)
M
CN-21
A 24V
DC/DC 24V 24V(A-B)
B GND 12V 3A
Converter 12V (B-C)
C 12V 12V
CN-138
B+
U öCheck contact
Alternator 3 24V 55A Normal : 0̫(For terminal B+-I)
~ I 1
G Normal : 24~27.5V
R 2
CN-74
B
M
Delco Remy öCheck contact
Starter
28MT 24V Normal : 0.1̫
M
CN-45
öCheck contact
Travel alarm 24V 0.5A
Normal : 5.2̫
CN-65
4-25
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
1
Aircon öCheck contact
24V 79W
compressor Normal : 13.4̫
CN-28
öCheck contact
Start relay 24V 300A
Normal : 0.94̫(For terminal 1-2)
CR-23
2 öCheck resistance
Blower 24V 9.5A
Normal : 2.5̫(For terminal 1-2)
1
1 Lo 1 öCheck resistance
2 MH 3 Normal : 1.12̫(For terminal 4-2)
Aircon resistor -
3 ML 2 2.07̫(For terminal 2-3)
4 Hi 4 3.17̫(For terminal 3-1)
öCheck resistance
1 1Á
C OFF Normal : 0̫(For terminal 1-2),
Duct sensor
4Á
C ON the atmosphere temp :
2
Over 4ÁC
öCheck resistance
Switch 24V 2W
(Door) Normal : About 5M̫
CS-1 CS-1
CS-20 CS-53
4-26
Part name Symbol Specifications Check
2
öCheck contact
Quick coupling 24V 6A
1 Normal : 28.9M̫ (For terminal 1-2)
CN-140
Switch 1
(Power max, öCheck resistance
2 24V 6A Normal : â̫
one touch
decal, horn)
CS-5 CS-19
CS-26 CS-29
3 24V
2 SIG 0bar : 1V(For terminal 1-2)
Transducer 1
500bar 500bar : 5V(For terminal 1-2)
GND
CD-42 CD-43
3 24V
2
0bar : 1V(For terminal 1-2)
SIG
Transducer 50bar 50bar : 5V(For terminal 1-2)
1 GND
CD-44
öCheck disconnection
2
Fusible normal : 0̫
60A (Connect ring terminal and check
link 1
resist between terminal 1 and 2)
CN-60
öCheck disconnection
Master switch 6-36V Normal : 0.1̫
4-27
GROUP 4 CONNECTORS
1. CONNECTOR DESTINATION
Connector No. of Connector part No.
number Type Destination
pin Female Male
CN-1 AMP 6 I/conn(Engine harness2-Frame harness) S816-006002 S816-106002
CN-2 AMP 12 I/conn(Engine harness2-Frame harness) S816-012002 S816-112002
CN-3 AMP 8 I/conn(Engine harness1-Frame harness) S816-008002 S816-108002
CN-4 AMP 8 I/conn(Frame harness-Console harness LH) S816-008002 S816-108002
CN-5 AMP 15 I/conn(Frame harness-Side harness RH) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-6 AMP 12 I/conn(Frame harness-Side harness RH) S816-012002 S816-112002
CN-7 AMP 12 I/conn(Frame harness-Console harness RH) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-8 AMP 12 I/conn(Frame harness-Console harness RH) S816-012002 S816-112002
CN-9 AMP 8 I/conn(Frame harness-Console harness RH) S816-008002 S816-108002
CN-10 DEUTSCH 12 I/conn(Frame harness-Cab harness) DT06-12S DT04-12P
CN-11 DEUTSCH 8 I/conn(Frame harness-Aircon harness) DT06-8S -
CN-12 DEUTSCH 2 I/conn(Frame harness-Boom wire harness) DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CN-13 DEUTSCH 2 Quick coupling harness DT06-2S DT04-2P
CN-15 AMP 2 Auto idle pressure DT04-2S DT04-2P
CN-16 AMP 6 Pump pressure harness S816-006002 S816-106002
CN-17 DEUTSCH 8 I/conn(Wiper harness) DT06-8S DT04-8P
CN-19 AMP 2 Emergency CPU controller S816-002002 S816-102002
CN-20 MOLEX 2 Horn 35825-0211 -
CN-21 AMP 6 Wiper motor 925276-0 -
CN-22 KET 2 Washer tank MG640605 -
CN-23 KET 2 Speaker-LH MG610070 -
CN-24 KET 2 Speaker-RH MG610070 -
CN-25 MOLEX 2 Horn 35215-0211 -
CN-27 AMP 14 Cassette radio 173852 -
CN-28 MWP 1 Aircon compressor NMWP01F-B -
CN-29 KET 2 Receiver dryer MG640795 -
CN-45 RING-TERM - Starter S820-414000 -
CN-46 DEUTSCH 3 Fuse box 21N8-20041 -
CN-47 AMP 2 Resistor S810-002202 -
CN-47A AMP 2 Resistor - S810-102202
CN-48 AMP 2 Hour meter GP890469 -
CN-50 AMP 36 MCU Controller 3441110 -
CN-51 AMP 36 MCU Controller 3441110 -
CN-56 DEUTSCH 4 Cluster - DT04-4P-E004
CN-60 YAZAKI 2 Fusible link 21N4-01320 7122-4125-50
4-28
Connector No. of Connector part No.
number Type Destination
pin Female Male
CN-61 DEUTSCH 2 Fuel filler pump DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-66 DEUTSCH 2 Breaker solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CN-68 DEUTSCH 2 Safety solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-70 DEUTSCH 2 Travel solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-74 KET - Alternator "l" term MG640188-4 -
CN-75 AMP 2 EPPR valve S816-002002 -
CN-76 DEUTSCH 6 DC motor DT06-6S-EP06 -
CN-81 DEUTSCH 2 Travel buzzer DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E004
CN-88 DEUTSCH 2 Power max solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-92 KET 1 Emergency engine starting connector S814-001100 S814-101100
CN-95 KET 2 Battery relay coil - S813-130200
CN-116 PA 17 Switch panel S811-017002 -
CN-126 DEUTSCH 4 RS 232 connector DT06-4S-EP06 DT04-4P-E004
CN-133 DEUTSCH 2 Boom priority solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-137 DEUTSCH 2 Max flow solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-138 DEUTSCH 3 DC/DC Convertor DT06-3S-P012 DT04-3P
CN-139 DEUTSCH 2 12V socket - DT04-2P-E004
CN-140 DEUTSCH 2 Quick coupling DT06-2S-P012 DT04-2P-E004
CN-141 AMP 13 Wiper motor controller 172498-1 -
CN-142 DEUTSCH 3 Accel dial DT06-3S-P012 -
CN-143 KET 12 Cassette radio(With remocon) S816-002002 -
CN-144 AMP 12 Remocon-cassette radio 174045-2 -
CN-147 PACKARD 4 Fuel heater 15300627 -
ÂRelay
CR-1 RING-TERM - Battery relay - S820-104002
CR-13 FASTEN 4 Head lamp relay S810-004202 -
CR-23 RING-TERM 2 Start relay ST710095-3 -
CR-24 CB104 - Preheater relay S822-014000 -
CR-46 FASTEN 4 Fuel heater relay S810-004202 -
ÂSwitch
CS-1 SHUR 1 Door switch S822-014004 S822-114004
CS-2 SWP 6 Start key switch S814-006000 -
CS-4 DEUTSCH 3 Safety switch DT06-3S -
CS-5 DEUTSCH 2 Horn switch - DT04-2P-E004
CS-19 DEUTSCH 2 One touch decel - DT04-2P
CS-20 SHUR-PLUG 1 Safety switch S822-013000 S822-113000
CS-23 SWF 10 Beacon lamp switch SWF 593757 -
CS-27 SWF 10 Breaker switch SWF 593757 -
CS-29 DEUTSCH 2 Power max switch DT04-2P -
4-29
Connector No. of Connector part No.
number Type Destination
pin Female Male
CS-50 SWF 10 Overload switch SWF 593757 -
CS-52 SWF 10 Econo switch SWF 593757 -
CS-53 SHUR 1 Wiper cut switch S822-014002 -
CS-54 SWF 10 Spear switch SWF 593757 -
CS-67 SWF 10 Quick coupling switch SWF593757 -
CS-74 AMP 2 Master switch S813-030201 -
CS-82 SWF 10 Heated seat switch SWF-593757 -
CS-83 SWF 10 Spare switch SWF-593757 -
CS-84 SWF 10 Fuel warmer switch SWF-593757 -
ÂLight
CL-1 KET 2 Room lamp MG 610392 -
CL-2 AMP 1 Cigar light S822-014002 -
CL-3 DEUTSCH 2 Head lamp S814-002000 S814-102000
CL-4 DEUTSCH 2 Head lamp S814-002000 S814-102000
CL-5 DEUTSCH 2 Work lamp-LH - DT04-2P
CL-6 DEUTSCH 2 Work lamp-RH - DT04-2P
CL-7 SHUR 1 Beacon lamp S822-014004 S822-114004
CL-8 DEUTSCH 2 Cab light-LH DT04-2S DT04-2P-E005
CL-9 DEUTSCH 2 Cab light-RH DT04-2S DT04-2P-E005
ÂSensor, sendor
CD-1 AMP 2 Hydraulic oil temp sender 85202-1 -
CD-2 DEUTSCH 2 Fuel sender DT06-2S-EP06 -
CD-6 KET 2 Travel pressure switch MG640795 -
CD-7 KET 2 Working pressure switch MG640795 -
CD-8 AMP 2 Water temp sendor 85202-1 -
CD-10 RING-TERM - Air cleaner switch - S820-104002
CD-17 PACKARD 2 Taco sensor S814-002000 S818-120221
CD-18 RING-TERM 1 Engine oil pressure switch - S820-104000
CD-19 AMP 2 Engine oil filter solenoid 85202-1 -
CD-37 DEUTSCH 2 Overload pressure switch DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CD-42 AMP 3 Pump pressure 1 S816-003002 -
CD-43 AMP 3 Pump pressure 2 S816-003002 -
CD-44 AMP 3 Pump pressure 3 S816-003002 -
4-30
2. CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTORS
1) PA TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
2 5 1 3
1 3 2 5
S811-005002 S811-105002
3 7 1 4
1 4 3 7
S811-007002 S811-107002
4 9 1 5
1 5 4 9
S811-009002 3S811-109002
5 11 1 6
11
1 6 5 11
S811-011002 S811-111002
4 - 31
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
6 13 1 7
13
1 7 6 13
S811-013002 S811-113002
8 1 9
17
17
1 9 8 17
S811-017002 S811-117002
1 21
1 11
21
1 11 1 21
S811-021002 S811-121002
4 - 32
2) J TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
1 1
2
2 12
S816-002001 S816-102001
2 3 1
3 1 2
S816-003001 S816-103001
3 1 4 2
4 2 3 1
S816-004001 S816-104001
8 5 2
6 3 1
8 5 2 6 3 1
S816-008001 S816-108001
4 - 33
3) SWP TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
1 1
S814-001000 S814-101000
2 1
1 2
S814-002000 S814-102000
3 1
2 1 23
S814-003000 S814-103000
2 4
1 3
1 3 2 4
S814-004000 S814-104000
4 - 34
No. of
pin Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
3 6
1 4
1 4 3 6
S814-006000 S814-106000
4 8
1 5
1 5 4 8
S814-008000 S814-108000
4 12
1 9
12
4 12
1 9
S814-012000 S814-112000
3 14
1 11
14
1 11 3 14
S814-014000 S814-114000
4 - 35
4) CN TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
1 1
S810-001202 S810-101202
2 2
1 1
S810-002202 S810-102202
3 2
1 2 1 3
S810-003202 S810-103202
2 4 1 3
1 3 2 4
S810-004202 S810-104202
4 - 36
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
3 6 1 4
1 4 3 6
S810-006202 S810-106202
4 8 1 5
1 5 4 8
S810-008202 S810-108202
4 - 37
5) 375 FASTEN TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
1 2 1 2
S810-002402 S810-102402
12
1
1 13
24
36
36 25
13 12
24
25 36
344111-1 344108-1
85202-1
4 - 38
8) AMP 040 MULTILOCK CONNECTOR
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
12 1 6
7 12
174045-2
14 1 6
7 14
173852
3 1
6 4
1
4 6 3
480003-9
925276-0
4 - 39
11) KET 090 CONNECTOR
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
1
2
MG610070
1
2
MG640605
2 1
MG640795
4 - 40
13) KET SDL CONNECTOR
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
14
6
14
MG610406
4 - 41
14) DEUTSCH DT CONNECTORS
DT 06 - 3S - øøøø
Modifications(See below)
Number of contacts(P : Pin, S : Socket)
04 : Receptacle, 06 : Plug
Deutsch connetors
ö Modification
E003 : Standard end cap - gray
E004 : Color of connector to be black
E005 : Combination - E004 & E003
EP04 : End cap
EP06 : Combination P012 & EP04
P012 : Front seal enhancement - connectors color to black for 2, 3, 4 & 6pin
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
1 2 2 1
2
DT06-2S DT04-2P
2 1 1 2
3 3
DT06-3S DT04-3P
4 1 1 4
3 2 2 3
DT06-4S DT04-4P
4 - 42
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
6 1 1 6
4 3 3 4
DT06-6S DT04-6P
4 5 5 4
1 8 1
8
DT06-8S DT04-8P
6 7 7 6
12
1 12 12 1
DT06-12S DT04-12P
4 - 43
15) MOLEX 2CKTS CONNECTOR
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
1 2
35215-0200
35215-0200
2
10
1 10
9
SWF593757
1
1
NMWP01F-B
4 - 44
18) ECONOSEAL J TYPE CONNECTORS
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
S816-001002 S816-101002
1 2 2 1
S816-002002 S816-102002
S816-003002 S816-103002
S816-004002 S816-104002
4 - 45
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
S816-006002 S816-106002
S816-008002 S816-108002
10
S816-010002 S816-110002
12
S816-012002 S816-112002
4 - 46
No. of
Connector(Female) Connector(Male)
pin
15
368301-1 2-85262-1
12040753
J K
K J
B
23
N T
A B
F
F Q N
Q A
HD36-24-23SN HD34-24-23PN
4 - 47
SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
The NEW CAPO(Computer Aided Power Optimization) system controls engine and pump mutual power
at an optimum and less fuel consuming state for the selected work by mode selection, auto-
deceleration, power boost function, etc. It monitors machine conditions, for instance, engine speed,
coolant temperature, hydraulic oil temperature, and hydraulic oil pressure, etc.
It consists of a MCU controller, a cluster, an accel actuator, an EPPR valve, and other components.
The MCU controller and the cluster protect themselves from over-current and high voltage input, and
diagnose malfunctions caused by short or open circuit in electric system, and display error codes on the
cluster.
Anti-restart system
5-1
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
Travel motor
Regulator
Engine speed
sensor
Engine
Coolant
temp sensor
Power boost
Option button
button
RH control LH control
lever Hyd temperature signal
lever
signal Drive signal
signal Drive signal
CPU controller Drive signal
Coolant temperature signal
Drive signal
Accel dial signal
Emergency
Normal Accel dial
Drive signal
Emergency
Resistor Battery
Serial Communication(-)
Option
Serial Communication(+) Pressure switch signal
Cluster 30075MS02
5-2
GROUP 2 MODE SELECTION SYSTEM
Engine speed
sensor
Engine
Emergency
Normal Accel dial
Drive signal
Emergency
Resistor Battery
Option
30007A5MS02
Mode selection system(Micro computer based electro-hydraulic pump and engine mutual control
system) optimizes the engine and pump performance.
The combination of 2 power modes(H, S) and accel dial position(10 set) makes it possible to use the
engine and pump power more effectively corresponding to the work conditions from a heavy and
great power requesting work to a light and precise work.
5-3
2. WORK MODE SELECTION SYSTEM
3 work modes can be selected for the optional work speed of the machine operation.
Main relief
valve
Engine speed
sensor
Engine
Coolant
temp sensor
Resistor
Cluster
30007A5MS03
5-4
3. USER MODE SELECTION SYSTEM
An operator can change the engine and pump and memorize it for his preference.
Mode Operation
DECEL
30007A4OP05
5-5
GROUP 3 AUTOMATIC DECELERATION SYSTEM
Work equipment
pressure switch Travel oil pressure switch
Accel
Fuel injection actuator
pump
P M
Main control valve
Potentiometer signal
Accel dial
21075MS04
1000rpm
21075MS05
5-6
GROUP 4 POWER BOOST SYSTEM
Option Bucket
Arm
Arm 1
regeneration
Boom 2 Arm 2
Swing Boom 1
Travel(RH) Travel(LH)
Engine speed
sensor
Engine
30007A5MS05
 When the power boost switch on the left control lever knob is pushed ON, the maximum digging
power is increased by 10%.
 When the power set is at M, H or S and the power boost function is activated, the power boost
solenoid valve pilot pressure raises the set pressure of the main relief valve to increase the digging
power.
5-7
GROUP 5 TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM
Travel motor
Option Bucket
Regulator Regulator
Arm
Arm 1
regeneration
Boom 2 Arm 2
Swing Boom 1
Travel(RH) Travel(LH)
Travel speed
solenoid valve
Engine
Max flow
CO valve
EPPR valve
300075MS07
Travel speed can be switched manually by pressing the travel speed switch on the cluster.
Travel speed Lamp
Speed Operation
solenoid valve on cluster
Lo OFF Turtle Low speed, high driving torque in the travel motor
Hi ON Rabbit High speed, low driving torque in the travel motor
ö Default : Turtle(Lo)
5-8
GROUP 6 AUTOMATIC WARMING UP FUNCTION
Engine
Coolant
temp sensor
Potentiometer signal
Drive signal
Cluster
30007A5MS14
1. MCU controller receives engine coolant temperature through the temperature sensor, and if the
coolant temperature is less than 30Á
C, it increases the engine speed from key start rpm to 1200rpm.
At this time the mode does not change.
2. In case of the coolant temperature increases up to 30Á
C, the engine speed is decreased to key start
speed. And if an operator changes mode set during the warming up function, the MCU controller
cancels the automatic warming up function.
3. LOGIC TABLE
5-9
GROUP 7 ENGINE OVERHEAT PREVENTION FUNCTION
Engine
Coolant
temp sensor
Potentiometer signal
30007A5MS06
1. MCU controller receives engine coolant temperature through the temperature sensor and when the
engine coolant boils up to 110Á
C, it sends overheat warning signal to the cluster and decrease the
engine speed same as accel dial 7 position.
2. If the coolant temperature drops less than 100ÁC, the MCU controller returns the mode to the mode
set before. And if mode set is changed during the function, the MCU controller cancels the function.
Even if the overheat prevention function is canceled by mode change, the overheat warning lamp
turns OFF only when the coolant temperature is less than 100Á C.
3. LOGIC TABLE
Description Condition Function
C
- Coolant temperature : Above 110Á - Engine rpm drop to accel dial 7 position
Actuated
- Accel dial set : Above 8 - Overheat warning lamp & buzzer : ON
- Coolant temperature : Less than 100ÁC - Return to the mode and accel dial set before
- Changed mode set by operator - Hold on the changed set
Canceled ö If any of the above conditions is
applicable, engine overheat prevention
function is canceled
5-10
GROUP 8 ANTI-RESTART SYSTEM
Engine
Starter
MCU controller
CN-92A
CN-92B
30075MS03
1. ANTI-RESTART FUNCTION
After 10 seconds from the engine starts to run, MCU controller turns off the start safety relay to
protect the starter from inadvertent restarting.
2. When a replacement or taking-off of the MCU controller is needed, connect CN-92a and CN-92b to
ensure the engine start without the MCU controller.
5-11
GROUP 9 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
1. OUTLINE
When any abnormality occurs in the NEW CAPO system caused by electric parts malfunction and by
open or short circuit, the MCU controller diagnoses the problem and sends the error codes to the
cluster and also stores them in the memory.
The current or recorded error codes are displayed at the error display mode selected by touching
SELECT switch 2 times while pressing BUZZER STOP switch.
2. CURRENT ERROR DISPLAY
5-12
3. ERROR CODES TABLE
Error code No. Description
5-13
Error code No. Description
5-14
GROUP 10 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. MCU CONTROLLER
1
2
3
HYUN
3
4 DAI
5
TA
20A
SPARE
SPARE
CAB
CAB
RE
HOLDER
LAMP
10A
FUSE
CABIN
LAMP
LAMP SPARE
5A
10A
BEACON
WORK
F/PUMP
& HEATER FUEL
KEY AC
5A
20A
3
START
5A
MOTOR
10A 10A
SOLENOID
20A
LAMP
WIPER 2
5A
BOOM
LIGHT
5A
SOL. SOLENOID
CIGAR
& HEATER
5A
SAFETY 1
5A
AC
10A
PANEL - HEAT SOLENOID
5A
MOTOR PRE
5A
SWITCH
5A
WIPER
RY
5A
CUT-OFF
5A
HONE
10A 20A
CONVERTOR
FUEL
PANEL
10A
SWITCH RY
COMP
AC RY
5A
-7 ETHER
RY CR
POWER - 36
CR
- 35
CR
RY
SAFETY
-5
CR
ER MN
POW VOLU
1 MCU controller
1
2 Electric box
3 Bolt(M8)
3
30007A5MS07
5-15
3. EXCHANGE METHOD OF THE ROM IN
1
THE CLUSTER
1) Disassemble the ash tray(2).
2) Disassemble the wiper motor cover(3).
3) Disassemble the cluster(1).
3
2
21075MS12
21075MS13
Same
direction
21075MS14
5-16
4. ENGINE ACCEL ACTUATOR
1 Accel actuator
2 Push-pull cable for manual control
2 300075MS10
Throttle lever
SL : Stopper, low idle
SH : Stopper, high idle
SL SH
Accel actuator
5-18(2)
5-17
3) ACCEL ACTUATOR
2 4
5 1 DC motor
2 Cable
3 Nut
4 Ball joint
5 Connector
5-19(1)
6 1
Connector 5 2
4 3
5-18
4) ACCEL ACTUATOR CABLE SETTING PROCEDURE
(1) Key OFF
Η Connect the ball joint of cable to engine throttle lever.
Θ Pull the cable to high stopper and put nut A edge to yoke of the bracket.
ö Make throttle lever not contact to the edge of high stopper.
Ι Turn nut A to clockwise until touching to the edge of high stopper.
Κ Make 1 turn more to clockwise in condition of the nut A contact to the edge of high stopper.
(2) Key START
Λ Confirm if the engine speed on cluster is same as each mode specification.
Μ If the engine speed displayed on cluster is highter than each mode specification, then turn the nut
A to counter clockwise and make the engine speed same to each mode specification.
Ν If the engine speed displayed on cluster is lower than each mode specification, then turn the nut
A to clockwise and make the engine speed same to each mode specification.
Ξ Turn nut B to clockwise and fix the cable to bracket.
Hi Lo
Cable Bracket
130W5MS05
Mode RPM
M 2050Ü50
H 1850Ü50
S 1750Ü50
Auto decel 1000Ü100
Key start 800Ü100
5-19
5. ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
1) DETECT ACTUAL ENGINE RPM AND SEND SIGNAL TO TACHOMETER
3 2
300075MS11
2) INSTALLATION
(1) Clean contacting point of sensor.
(2) Loosen lock nut.
3) INSPECTION
(1) Check resistance
ÂSPEC : 300̫
(2) Check voltage while engine run.
ÂSPEC : 2~28Vac, dependent on the engine speed(rpm)
5-20
GROUP 11 EPPR VALVE
- Dual mode
ÂChanging the MCU mode
5-21
2. OPERATING PRINCIPLE
1) STRUCTURE
6 7
2 3 4 5
5-22(1)
2) AT H MODE
Pressure line is blocked and A oil returns to tank.
P A
T P T
3) AT S MODE
Secondary pressure enters into A.
P A
T
P T
A
5-22(2)
5-22
3. EPPR VALVE CHECK PROCEDURE Spec : 200~450mA
1) CHECK ELECTRIC VALUE AT EPPR VALVE CN-75
2507A5MS08
5-23
GROUP 12 MONITORING SYSTEM
1. OUTLINE
Monitoring system consists of the monitor part and switch part.
The monitor part gives warnings when any abnormality occurs in the machine and informs the
condition of the machine.
Various select switches are built into the monitor panel, which act as the control portion of the machine
control system.
2. CLUSTER
1) MONITOR PANEL
RPM display
Clock display
Fuel gauge
Hyd oil temp gauge
Engine coolant temp gauge
30075MS01A
5-24
2) CLUSTER CHECK PROCEDURE
(1) Start key : ON
Η Check monitor initial 5 seconds
a. All lamps light up.
b. Buzzer sound.
Θ Check monitor after 5 seconds : Indicate cluster version and machine condition
a. Cluster program version Ö1.00×
: Indicates program versionÖ1.00×for 5 seconds.
b. Tachometer : 0rpm
c. Fuel gauge : All light up below appropriate level
d. Hydraulic temperature : All light up below appropriate level
e. Engine coolant temperature gauge : All light up below appropriate level
f. Warning lamp
ö During start key ON the engine oil pressure lamp and battery charging lamp go on, but it is not
abnormal.
ö When engine coolant temperature below 30Á C, the warming up lamp lights up.
Ι Indicating lamp state
a. Work mode selection : General work
b. Power mode selection : S mode
c. User mode selection : No LED ON
d. Auto decel LED : ON
e. Travel speed pilot lamp : Low(Turttle)
(2) Start of engine
Η Check machine condition
a. Tachometer indicates at present rpm
b. Gauge and warning lamp : Indicate at present condition.
ö When normal condition : All warning lamp OFF
c. Work mode selection : General work
d. Power mode selection : S mode
e. User mode selection : No LED ON
f. Auto decel LED : ON
g. Travel speed pilot lamp : Low(Turttle)
Θ When warming up operation
a. Warming up lamp : ON
b. 10 seconds after engine started, engine speed increases to 1000rpm(Auto decel LED : ON)
ö Others same as above Η
Ι When abnormal condition
a. The lamp lights up and the buzzer sounds.
b. If BUZZER STOP switch is pressed, buzzer sound is canceled but the lamp light up until
normal condition.
5-25
3. CLUSTER CONNECTOR
No. Signal Input / Output
1 4
2 3
21075MS16
5-26
4. CLUSTER FUNCTION
1) LCD main operation display
screen
Default screen Option screen
Option screen 1 Time display
1 2 2
4
1 2 RPM display
4
5
3 Hydraulic oil temperature gauge
3 3
5 4 Fuel level gauge
1607A3CD02A 1607A3CD02B 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge
(1) Time display
Η This displays the current time.
ö Refer to the page 5-31 to set time for details.
1607A3CD02C
1607A3CD02C
1st step
Η This gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
Θ Fill the fuel when the 1st step or fuel icon blinks in red.
ö If the gauge illuminates the 1st step or fuel icon blinks in
red even though the machine is on the normal condition,
check the electric device as that can be caused by the poor
1607A3CD02E
connection of electricity or sensor.
12th step
Η This gauge indicates the temperature of coolant in 12 step
gauge.
Â1st step : Below 30ÁC(86Á F)
Â2nd~10th step : 30-105 Á C(86-221Á F)
1st step
Â11th~12th step : Above 105Á C(221Á F)
1607A3CD02F Θ The gauge between 2nd and 10th steps illuminates when
operating.
Ι Keep idling engine at low speed until the gauge between 2nd
and 10th steps illuminates, before operation of machine.
Κ When the gauge of 11th and 12th steps illuminates, turn OFF
the engine, check the radiator and engine.
5-27
3) Warning of main operation screen
(1) Warning display
Η Engine coolant temperature
- This lamp blinks and the buzzer sounds
when the temperature of coolant is over
the normal temperature 105Á
C 221ÁF) .
- Check the cooling system when the lamp
blinks.
Θ Fuel level
- This lamp blinks and the buzzer sounds
when the level of fuel is below 40˶(10.6
U.S. gal).
- Fill the fuel immediately when the lamp
blinks.
Ι Hydraulic oil temperature
- This warning lamp operates and the
buzzer sounds when the temperature of
hydraulic oil is over 105 Á
C 221 Á
F) .
- Check the hydraulic oil level when the
lamp blinks.
- Check for debris between oil cooler and
radiator.
Κ All gauge
- This lamp blinks and the buzzer sounds
when the all gauge is abnormal.
- Check the each system when the lamp
blinks.
Λ Communication error
- Communication problem between MCU
controller and cluster makes the lamp
blinks and the buzzer sounds.
- Check if any fuse for MCU burnt off.
If not check the communication line
between them.
(2) Pop-up icon display
No Switch Selected mode Display No Switch Selected mode Display
1 Work mode General work 3 Auto
Light ON
switch mode deceleration
switch
Heavy duty
Light OFF
work mode
Standard power
work mode
5-28
4) LCD
SYSTEM MENU
1 : LCD
Monitoring Diagnosis Management
1 : Escape,
Settings Display User Mode 2
Return to the previous menu
3 : Down/Left Direction
4 : Up/Right Direction
2 5 : Select(Enter)
4 Activate the currently chosen item
3 5
2507A4OP95B
1 2 3 4
1 : Menu information
: Monitoring
2 Equipment, Switch, Output
: Diagnosis
3 Current error, Recorded error
5 6 7 4 : Maintenance
2507A4OP94
: Settings
5 Time set
Dual mode
System lock(Reserved)
: Display
6
Operation skin, Brightness, Language
7 : User mode
5-29
(2) Display map
Η Monitoring
Θ Diagnosis
- If there are more than 2 error codes, each one can be displayed by pressing or
switch respectively.
Ι Maintenance
5-30
Κ Setting
a. Time set
: Adjusting
: Setting
c. Dual mode
- Changing the MCU mode
Λ Display
a. Operation skin
b. Brightness
c. Language
5-31
Μ User mode
5-32
5) Warning and pilot lamp
(1) Engine oil pressure warning lamp
Η This lamp blinks and the buzzer sounds after starting the
engine because of the low oil pressure.
Θ If the lamp blinks during engine operation, shut OFF engine
immediately. Check oil level.
21073CD07
21073CD08
21073CD10
21073CD13
21073CD15
5-33
(6) Power max pilot lamp
Η The lamp will be ON when pushing power max switch on the
LH RCV lever.
21073CD11
21073CD17
21073CD12
5-34
(11) User mode switch
Η This switch is to select the maximum power or user mode.
ÂM : Maximum power
ÂU : Memorizing operators preferable power setting.
ö Refer to the page 5-5 for details.
1607A3CD21
21073CD23
21073CD24
5-35
(16) Select switch
Η This switch is used to enter main menu and sub menu of LCD.
ö Refer to the page 5-29 for details.
1607A3CD25A
5-36
L CR-36
30
L 87a 87 85
86
CN-8 G/W
87
COIL RY
1 YW
85
2 30 86
87a
PRE-HEATER
3
minutes.
W CR-35
4 30
CS-2 R 87a 87 85
5 86
6
mechanism.
3L
temperature.
5
ST C
2. OPERATION
6 87
3) Current : 15A
B
6 7 85
87a 30 86
POWER RY
3 5 8
2
1. SPECIFICATION
BR ACC
1 4 9
R R
2) Power : 200Ü50W
CN-36
START KEY SW
H
4 3 10
W START KEY 20A
0, I
2 11
3. ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
1
W W
1 12 ROOM LAMP 5A
H 0 I
2
AC& HEATER 5A
3
WIPER+ 10A
1) Operating voltage : 24Ü4V
4
CN-50
5R
Gr CPU B+ 5A
BOOM PRIORITY SOL 1 5
MAX FLOW SOL 2 AC BLOWER 20A
6
3L
POWER MAX SOL 3
CLUSTER 10A
HOUR-METER 4
YW 7
ENG PRE-HEATER 5
M
FUEL WARMER
STARTER
6 8
Gr
HEATER
CN-78
BATTERY 24V(+) 7 10A
AIR-GRID
CPU
PUMP EPPR(-) 8 9
CN-74
BOOM DOWN EPPR(-) CONVERTOR 5A
B+
9
M
10
CN-45
CPU PROGRAM DUMP 10
SWITCH PANEL 5A
ANTI-RESTART RY 11 11
ACCEL ACT(+) 12 ALTERNATOR "R" 20A
TRAVEL SOLENOID 13 12
T/M OIL LAMP 14 WIPER MOTOR 20A
13
BRAKE FAIL LAMP 15
GROUP 13 FUEL WARMER SYSTEM
HEAD LAMP 5A
TRAVEL BUZZER 16
CR-24
14
CR-23
PRE-HEAT SW 17 10A
WORK LAMP
HEAD LAMP SWITCH 18 15
5-37
START RY
HEATER RY
So, fuel is protected from overheating by this
warmer and engine may be started in 1~2
controlled without thermostat according to fuel
2
1
16
OVERLOAD SIG 20
BEACON LAMP 5A
ENG OIL FILTER SW 21 17
B
Gr
GrW
NC 22 20A
CPU CONTROLLER
AC& HEATER
ACCEL ACT(-) 23 18
POWER IG 24 HORN 10A
GrW
Gr
CAN_H(J1939+) 19
25
CIGAR LIGHTER 10A
CAN_L(J1939-) 26
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
20
5W
CN-3
CAN_GND(J1939-GND) 27
L PRE-HEAT 10A
GND (MAIN) 28 21
SERIAL-TX 29 TRAVEL 5A
SERIAL-RX 30 22
GND 31 SOLENOID 1 10A
23
RS232 (TXD) 32
SAFETY SOL 5A
RS232 (RXD) 33 24
RS232 (GND) 34 SOLENOID 3 10A
BOOM DOWN EPPR(+) 35 25
10A
CR-1
PUMP EPPR(+) 36 FUEL FILLER P/P
26
RW FUEL WARMER 10A
BATT RY
27
3 SPARE 20A
4 4
L 28
FUSE BOX
3
RW
2
RW
1 2 1
BW
60R
CR-46 CS-74
5R
2
FUEL HEATER RY
1
2
1
2
5R
1
CS-74
CN-95
CN-60
FUSIBLE LINK
MASTER SW
(12VX2)
5R
5R
A
5W
BATTERY
5W
B
B
L
CN-147
60B
FUEL HEATER
Prefilter
Fuel heater
8007A5MS10
30007A5MS13
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
1. INTRODUCTION
When a trouble is occurred in the machine, this section will help an operator to maintain the machine
with easy.
The trouble of machine is parted Hydraulic & Mechanical system, Electrical system and Mechatronics
system. At each system part, an operator can check the machine according to the troubleshooting
process diagram.
Hydraulic &
GROUP 2
Mechanical part
Mechatronics
GROUP 4
part
Fault codes
displayed on HRDT
2 digit
See page 5-13
monitor display
6-1
2. DIAGNOSING PROCEDURE
To carry out troubleshooting efficiently, the following steps must be observed.
of the machine.
6-2
STEP 4. Inspect the trouble actually on the
machine
In case that some trouble cannot be confirmed,
obtain the details of the malfunction from the
operator.
Also, check if there are any in complete
connections of the wire harnesses are or not.
6-3(1)
13031SH05
6-3(3)
6-3
GROUP 2 HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEM
1. INTRODUCTION
1) MACHINE IN GENERAL
(1) If even a minor fault is left intact and operation is continued, a fatal failure may be caused, entailing
a large sum of expenses and long hours of restoration.
Therefore when even a small trouble occurs, do not rely on your intuition and experience, but look
for the cause based on the troubleshooting principle and perform maintenance and adjustment to
prevent major failure from occurring. Keep in mind that a fault results from a combination of
different causes.
(2) The following lists up commonly occurring faults and possible causes with this machine. For the
troubleshooting of the engine, refer to the coming troubleshooting and repair.
(3) When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry to disassemble the components.
It will become impossible to find the cause of the problem.
(4) Ask user or operator the following.
Η Was there any strange thing about machine before failure occurred?
Θ Under what conditions did the failure occur?
Ι Have any repairs been carried out before the failure?
(5) Check before troubleshooting.
Η Check oil and fuel level.
Θ Check for any external leakage of oil from components.
Ι Check for loose or damage of wiring and connections.
6-4
2. DRIVE SYSTEM
1) UNUSUAL NOISE COMES OUT OF PUMP CONNECTION
Cause Remedy
YES
Coupling element Disassemble
is broken. and repair.
Remove dust plug
under engine
flywheel and
YES
check if rubber Replace hub or
pieces or particles retighten
are not present. Coupling hub setscrew.
spline is worn or
NO hub fastening
setscrew is slack.
If hydraulic pump or engine is
suspected as a culprit refer to this
NO
manual "Structure and function".
6-5
2) ENGINE STARTS BUT MACHINE DOES NOT OPERATE AT ALL
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
specified oil to
the standard
Is oil level in Abnormal noise level.
hydraulic oil YES comes out of YES
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
tank within hydraulic pump
standard level? broken. and repair.
Do not hydraulic Abnormal noise
pump and pump YES comes out of YES
connections pump See item 1).
YES make abnormal
connection at page 6-5
noise?
Is primary pilot
pressure within ͽ
NO standard level?
YES
Clean pilot
Is not pilot piping piping interior or
YES clogged or is not
oil leakage present repair piping.
on pilot piping?
NO
Pilot valve is Disassemble
ͽ faulty. and repair.
YES
Pilot relief valve is Repair or
Is gear pump faulty. replace.
NO delivering oil?
6-6
3. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
1) HYDRAULIC OIL IS CLOUDY
Cause Remedy
YES
Water is mixed. Put hydraulic oil
still, separate
Drop hydraulic oil water and
sample on hot dispose it or
plate and check if replace hydraulic
foams come up. oil.
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
specified oil to
the standard
Is hydraulic oil level.
volume proper? YES
Clean oil cooler.
Is not oil cooler Secure air
clogged and is circulation route.
YES anything blocking YES
ͽ
air circulation?
Is fan belt
NO tension proper?
Adjust belt
NO
tension or
replace belt.
Is not the set YES
pressure of main Readjust set
relief, relief and pressure.
ͽ
travel relief valve Is main relief
lower than the YES
valve used very Reduce load.
standard level? NO often?
6-7
3) CAVITATION OCCURS WITH PUMP
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
specified oil to
the standard
Is hydraulic oil level.
volume proper? YES
Replace oil with
one of proper
Is not viscosity viscosity.
of hydraulic oil
YES YES
too high? Clean suction
Is not suction strainer.
NO strainer clogged? Is not air intruding
from pump Check for air
NO
suction line? intrusion in
suction line and
retighten or
replace parts.
Cause Remedy
YES
Replace
Has not hydraulic hydraulic oil to be
oil passed specified.
specified replace-
ment hours? Has return filter
NO
been replaced at Flush with
NO proper intervals?
hydraulic oil and
replace return
filter.
6-8
4. SWING SYSTEM
1) BOTH LH AND RH SWING ACTIONS ARE IMPOSSIBLE
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
YES specified oil to the
Is safety solenoid ͽ
YES
valve pressure standard level.
Is gear pump pilot within standard? Safety valve faulty Repair or replace.
NO
pressure within or not operated.
YES standard level?
Is oil in hydraulic
YES tank within
Gear pump faulty. Repair or replace.
standard level? NO
YES
Are broken pieces Pump connection Disassemble and
of coupling present coupling is broken. repair.
ͽ when dust plug
under engine fly
Are attachment Is not main relief NO Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
wheel is removed? NO
and travel valve faulty?
out of order. repair.
motions
impossible at all? NO Swing control valve Disassemble and
Does swing
YES control valve spool is stuck. repair.
spool move
Is MCV pilot
YES
pressure within
lightly by hand? YES ;
standard level?
Does RH travel NO
Ϳ
NO function?
Does not symptom
change when front YES
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
NO and rear pump
discharge hoses broken. repair.
are exchanged?
YES
Swing brake Disassemble and
release valve is repair.
Is swing brake broken.
; release valve
faulty? YES Swing reduction Disassemble and
Does swing unit is broken. repair.
NO motor rotate?
Swing motor is Disassemble and
NO
broken. repair.
6-9
2) SWING SPEED IS LOW
Cause Remedy
YES
Swing port relief Disassemble and
YES
Does swing control valve is faulty. repair or replace.
valve spool move
smoothly by hand?
Swing control valve Disassemble
Is MCV pilot NO
spool is stuck. and repair.
pressure same
on LH and RH YES Clogged or oil
sides? Clean pilot piping
leak. interior or repair
Is not pilot piping
Single direction clogged or is not piping.
NO it leaking oil?
Is the trouble in Pilot valve or shuttle Disassemble
one direction or NO
valve is faulty. and repair.
in both direction? YES ͽ
Does swing
YES control valve
Both directions spool move
Is MCV pilot lightly by hand?
YES Swing control valve Disassemble
pressure within NO
Is Arm speed spool is stuck. and repair.
standard level?
within standard ;
value? NO
Ϳ
NO
Is swing motor's NO
ͽ drain rate within Swing motor is Disassemble
standard value? Check that pilot broken. and repair.
piping is not
YES clogged or oil is NO
Pilot valve or Disassemble
not leaking from shuttle valve is and repair.
it? faulty.
Clogged or oil leak. Clean pilot piping
Is gear pump pilot interior or repair
; pressure within piping.
standard level?
YES
Pilot relief valve Disassemble and
Is gear pump is defective. repair or replace.
NO delivering oil?
Gear pump is Disassemble
NO
broken. and repair.
NO
Main relief valve Main relief valve
faulty. pressure resetting
or repair.
Is main relief valve Does the symptom YES Hydraulic pump Disassemble
Ϳ setting pressure change when front
YES
and rear pump is broken. and repair.
normal?
discharge hoses
Is safety valve are exchanged? NO Shuttle valve is Repair or replace.
pilot pressure faulty.
YES within standard
level? YES
Is gear pump Pilot relief valve Repair or replace.
output pressure is faulty.
NO within standard
level? Gear pump is Repair or replace.
NO
faulty.
6-10
3) SWING MOTION IS IMPOSSIBLE IN ONE DIRECTION
Cause Remedy
Does symptom YES
Swing port relief Disassemble and
change when LH
YES valve is faulty. repair.
and RH port relief
valves are
exchanged Shuttle valve is Disassemble and
Does swing control NO
YES faulty. repair.
valve spool move
smoothly by hand?
Cause Remedy
YES Pilot relief valve is Disassemble and
Is MCV pilot faulty. repair or replace.
YES YES Is gear pump pilot
pressure within pressure within
standard value? standard level?
Gear pump is Disassemble and
NO
broken. repair.
YES Does swing control
valve spool move
smoothly by hand? Pilot valve is faulty. Disassemble and
NO
repair.
Is swing control
valve's return
spring normal? Swing control Disassemble and
NO
valve spool is repair.
stuck.
Return spring is Disassemble and
NO
faulty. replace.
6-11
5) THE SWING UNIT DRIFTS WHEN THE MACHINE IS AT REST ON A SLOPE
Cause Remedy
YES
ͽ
YES Is swing shuttle
valve normal?
Shuttle valve is Disassemble
NO
faulty. and replace.
YES Is brake spring
normal?
Is return spring
of swing control Brake spring is Disassemble
NO
valve normal? faulty. and replace.
NO Adjust swing
relief valve
pressure or
replace swing
relief valve.
6-12
5. TRAVEL SYSTEM
1) TRAVEL DOES NOT FUNCTION AT ALL ON ONE SIDE
Cause Remedy
YES
Does counterbalance ͽ
YES spool in travel
brake valve move
lightly by hand?
Is travel brake Counter spool in Disassemble
NO
YES valve pressure travel brake valve and repair or
within standard is stuck. replace.
level? Does the symptom
change when
relief valves in YES
Relief valve built Disassemble
Has travel NO travel motor are
YES control valve exchanged? in travel motor is and repair.
spool changed faulty.
over positively?
YES
Control system is Disassemble
defective. inspect and
Does spool move repair.
NO lightly by hand?
6-13
2) SPEED ON ONE SIDE FALLS AND THE MACHINE CURVES
Cause Remedy
YES
Brake valve is Disassemble
Do LH and RH
travel speeds defective. and repair or
YES change when LH replace.
and RH travel YES
Does the symptom Relief valve built Disassemble
brake valves are change when in travel motor is and repair.
exchanged? relief valves in
faulty.
NO LH and RH
Has control valve travel motors are
YES
spool changed exchanged? ͽ
over positively? NO
YES
Control system is Disassemble,
Does spool move faulty . inspect and
lightly when it is
repair.
Is the lower NO cut off from
speed(Bucket or control spool?
arm) within Control valve Disassemble
NO
standard level? spool is stuck. and repair.
YES
Travel relief valve Disassemble
Do LH and RH is faulty. and repair or
travel speeds Does the symptom replace.
change over when change when
NO travel relief valves YES front and rear YES
pump discharge Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
are exchanged?
Is external pilot hoses are broken. and repair.
pressure within exchanged?
NO
standard level?
External pilot Disassemble
NO
piping is clogged and clean.
or oil is leaking
Does travel speed from it.
change when
YES parking brake YES
spring in the Travel motor's Disassemble
slower travel parking brake is and clean pilot
Is leak rate of motor is removed? not released piping.
ͽ travel motor within
standard level? properly.
6-14
3) MACHINE DOES NOT STOP ON A SLOPE
Machine is pulled forward as sprocket rotates during digging operation.
Cause Remedy
None Is parking brake YES
friction plate Friction plate is Disassemble
YES Check if parking worn? faulty. and repair.
brake pilot line is
not clogged.
Clogged Disassemble
and clean pilot
Is drain rate of piping.
Is travel brake YES travel motor NO
pressure within Travel motor is Disassemble
within standard
standard level? defective. and repair.
value?
Cause Remedy
YES
Inspect according
to the procedure
"Travel does not
function at all on
one side."
However, a case
where both LH
and RH travel
motions are
Is bucket or arm disabled is
operation extremelyseldom
possible? statistically.
OK
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
Disassemble both faulty. repair.
OK travel relief valves
Remove dust and inspect for
plug under engine any fault.
OK flywheel and Travel relief valve Disassemble and
check that there is Faulty
is faulty. repair or replace.
no coupling
element particles.
Check oil volume Particles present. Coupling at pump Disassemble and
in hydraulic oil connection is repair.
NO tank.
broken.
Replenish
Short hydraulic oil.
6-15
5) TRAVEL ACTION IS POWERLESS(Travel only)
Cause Remedy
YES
ͽ
Is travel motor's
YES
drain rate within
standard level?
Is travel brake Travel motor is Disassemble
YES pressure within NO
faulty. and repair.
standard level?
Is travel relief
valve pressure Travel brake Disassemble
NO
within standard valve is defective. and repair or
level?
replace.
NO Travel relief valve Disassemble
is faulty. and repair or
replace.
YES
Hydraulic circuit Disassemble
Does parking that releases and clean.
brake piston travel parking
Increases move lightly by
Remove parking brake is clogged
brake spring in hand?
with dirt.
travel motor,
Disassemble
ͽ draw out piston NO Parking brake
completely, refit piston in travel and repair.
cover and check motor is stuck.
if travel power
changes. Remains
unchanged Travel reduction Disassemble
unit is defective. and repair.
Cause Remedy
Travel brake valve
(counterbalance Disassemble
valve) is faulty. and repair or
replace.
6-16
7) MACHINE MAKES A CURVED TRAVEL OR DOES NOT TRAVEL AT ALL WHEN TRAVEL
AND ATTACHMENT OPERATIONS ARE EXECUTED AT THE SAME TIME
Cause Remedy
YES
Normal.
6-17
6. ATTACHMENT SYSTEM
1) BOOM OR ARM ACTION IS IMPOSSIBLE AT ALL
Cause Remedy
YES
Does the Port relief valve is Disassemble
symptom change faulty. and repair or
YES
when port relief
replace.
valve is replaced
Is MCV pilot with other valve? NO ͽ
YES
pressure within
standard level?
Inspect if pilot
piping is not
OK
clogged or oil is Pilot valve is Disassemble
Are other NO
YES
not leaking from faulty. and repair.
attachments the piping.
operatable?
YES
Cylinder interior is Disassemble
Does control
broken. and repair.
ͽ valve spool move
lightly by hand?
NO Control valve Disassemble
spool is stuck. and repair.
6-18
2) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET SPEED IS LOW
Cause Remedy
YES
Normal.
YES
Are other ͽ
YES attachment
Is combination speeds within
Is speed low only of oil streams standard levels? NO ;
in composite YES
normal at boom YES
operation? hoisting and at Flow summation Disassemble and
Does spool of flow
arm extrusion? summation check check valve spool repair.
NO valve move lightly is stuck.
Are LH/RH travel
by hand?
NO speeds within NO
standard levels?
YES
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
Are both LH/RH faulty. repair.
travel speeds YES Ϳ
NO
low? Is MCV pilot
pressure within
NO
standard?
NO
OK
Does the Port relief valve is Disassemble and
symptom change faulty. repair or replace.
YES
when port relief
valve is replaced
Does control with other valve? Cylinder is faulty. Disassemble and
YES NO
valve spool move repair.
lightly by hand?
NO
Control valve spool Disassemble and
Is MCV pilot
ͽ pressure within is stuck. repair.
standard level?
YES
Clean pilot piping
Is not MCV pilot
pressure piping interior or repair
NO clogged or is not piping.
there oil leakage? Pilot valve is Disassemble and
NO
defective. repair.
YES
Pilot relief valve is Disassemble and
Is primary pilot NO Is gear pump faulty. repair or replace.
; pressure within
delivering oil?
standard level?
NO
Gear pump is Disassemble and
broken. repair.
Is engine NO
Ϳ revolution within Adjust engine
standard level? revolution.
YES
Clean orifice in
control valve.
Is not orifice in
control valve YES
clogged? Is pilot piping not Clean pilot piping
clogged or is oil interior or repair
NO not leaking from piping.
the piping? Is pilot valve
Pilot valve is faulty. Disassemble and
NO normal? NO
repair.
6-19
3) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET CYLINDER EXTENDS OR CONTRACTS ITSELF AND ATTACHMENT FALLS
Cause Remedy
YES
Does the Port relief valve is Disassemble
symptom change faulty. and repair or
Normal when port relief replace.
valve is replaced YES
with normal ͽ
Is control valve
valve?
return spring
YES
Is not hydraulic NO
normal?
oil temperature Control valve's Disassemble
high? NO
return spring is and replace.
faulty.
Is genuine Abnormally high. Locate the
hydraulic oil or cause of
equivalent being
hydraulic oil
used?
temperature rise
and lower it to
proper level.
Replace with
NO
genuine
hydraulic oil or
equivalent.
OK
Pressure Disassemble
Disassemble and tightness and repair.
YES inspect check between control
valve in hydraulic
circuit and check valve casing and
for any fault. spool is poor.
Is cylinder internal Abnormal Contact surface Disassemble
ͽ leakage within between poppet and repair.
standard level?
and seat is poor.
6-20
4) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET POWER IS WEAK
Cause Remedy
YES
Check according
Is cylinder to the procedure
YES internal leakage in Item "Speed is
within standard low".
level?
Is relief pressure
YES in port relief Cylinder is faulty. Disassemble
valve within NO
and repair.
standard level?
Is relief pressure
in main relief Port relief valve is Adjust pressure,
valve within NO
faulty. repair or replace.
standard level?
Cause Remedy
YES
Port relief valve is Disassemble
Does the defective. and repair or
YES
symptom change
when port relief replace.
YES
valve is replaced Cylinder interior is Disassemble
Does control
with other valve? valve spool broken. and repair.
Is MCV pilot NO move smoothly
YES
pressure within by hand? Control valve Disassemble
standard level? NO
spool is stuck. and repair.
6-21
6) BOOM MAKES A SQUEAKING NOISE WHEN BOOM IS OPERATED
Cause Remedy
YES
Frictional noise
occurs between
the sliding faces
of boom
cylinder's oil
Is boom foot pin seal and boom
greased proper.
sufficiently?
ö Frictional
noise will
disappear if
they are kept
used.
6-22
ö HOW TO CHECK INTERNAL BOOM CYLINDER LEAKAGE
1. Lower the bucket teeth to the ground with
bucket cylinder fully retracted and arm
cylinder rod retracted almost in full.
R29076TS01
6-20(2)
6-23
GROUP 3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, MONITOR PANEL DISPLAY DOES NOT APPEAR
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.7.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective cluster Replace
YES Check voltage
between CN-56
(1) and chassis Disconnection in Repair or
NO
wiring harness or replace
Check voltage
between CN-5 poor contact (After clean)
(3) and chassis between CN-5
(3)-CN-56(1)
Starting switch : ON
Voltage : 20~32V
NO Disconnection in Repair or
wiring harness or replace
poor contact (After clean)
between
CN-5(3) and fuse
No.7
CLUSTER FUSE
POWER IG(24V) 1 3
GND 2 9
NO.7
RX
TX
CN-56 CN-5
Check voltage
YES 20 ~ 32V
NO 0V
30076ES01
6-24
2. COMMUNICATION ERROR FLASHES ON THE CLUSTER
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective controller Replace
CONTROLLER
Check voltage
YES *4V *12V 29
NO 0V 0V
30
CN-50
CLUSTER
POWER IG(24V)
GND 2 9
RX *12V
3 10
TX *4V 4 11
CN-56 CN-5
R26076ES02
6-25
3. BATTERY CHARGING WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP(Starting switch : ON)
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective controller Replace
YES Check voltage
between CN-51
(9) and chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO
wiring harness or (After clean)
YES Check voltage poor contact
between CN-3(6)
between CN-51(9)
and chassis -CN-3(6)
Check voltage
YES 20 ~ 32V
NO 0V
CONTROLLER
CN-74
B+
U
~3 I 1 6 9
G
R 2
ALTERNATOR CN-3
CN-51
30076ES02
6-26
4. WHEN COOLANT OVERHEAT WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Coolant overheat Check engine
Resistance (110ÁCÜ2Á C) cooling system
YES between CD-8
(1,2) is in range
of 120~150̫?
Disconnect : CD-8
NO
Defective temp Replace
Does display go sensor
off when
disconnect
CD-8?
Starting switch : ON
Engine : Start YES
Shot circuit in Repair or replace
Resistance wiring harness (After clean)
NO
between CN-51
(31,33) is 0~1̫?
Defective controller Replace
Disconnect : CD-51 NO
KEY OFF
1 st step
30076ES03
6-27
5. WHEN AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Clogged air filter or Check filter or
defective switch replace switch
Does display go
off when
disconnect CD-
10? YES
Short circuit in Repair or replace
Starting switch : ON
Engine : Start Check resistance wiring harness (After clean)
between CN-51
NO
(16) and chassis
Starting switch : OFF Defective controller Replace
NO
Disconnect CN-51
Check resistance
YES MAX 1̫
NO MIN 1M̫
Pa
16
CD-10
CN-51
2907A6ES07
6-28
6. WHEN ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
Does display go
YES off when
Engine oil leakage Check engine oil
disconnect CD-
18? of defective switch level or replace
Starting switch : ON switch
Does the gauge
light up and
down at lamp
check? YES
Starting switch : ON
Defective controller Replace
Check resistance
Engine : Start between
NO CN-51(4) and
chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO
Starting switch : OFF wiring harness or (After clean)
Disconnect : CN-51
poor contact
between CN-51(4)
-CD-18
Check resistance
YES MAX 1̫
NO MIN 1M̫
4 1 Pa
29076ES03
6-29
7. WHEN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP(Engine is started)
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
High temperature Check hydraulic
Resistance oil temperature
YES between CD-1 (100Á CÜ2Á C) ,
(1,2) is in range replace
of 130~150̫?
Starting switch : ON Defective temp Replace
Does display go Disconnect CD-1 NO
sensor
off when
disconnect CD-1? YES
Short circuit Check and repair
Starting switch : ON
Engine : Start
Resistance
between CN-51
NO (31,34) is 0~1̫?
34 2
C
31 1
CN-51 CD-1
R29076ES04
6-30
8. WHEN COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT OPERATE
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Disconnection in Repair or replace
wiring harness or (After clean)
Is resistance poor contact
YES between CN- between
51(31) and (33)
CN-51-CD-8
over 2k̫?
Starting switch : ON YES
Defective controller Replace
Does the gauge Check resistance
light up and between CN-2(6)
down at lamp NO
and (7)
check? Defective temp Replace
NO
Starting switch : ON Spec : 120̫
See table
sensor
NO
Defective cluster Replace
12th step
Check Table
Range 1st step 2nd~10th step 11th~12th step
Temperature ~29ÁC 30~105Á
C 105Á
C~
1 st step
30076ES03
6-31
9. WHEN FUEL GAUGE DOES NOT OPERATE(Check warning lamp ON/OFF)
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Disconnection in Check and repair
wiring harness
Is resistance
YES between CN-51
(24) and (31)
over 1k̫? YES
Defective controller Replace
Starting switch : OFF
Disconnect CN-51
Check resistance
Does the gauge between CD-2(1)
light up and NO and (2)
down at lamp Defective fuel Replace
NO
check? Disconnect CD-2
sensor
See Table
Starting switch : ON
2nd~10th step
Check Table
1 st step 11th~12th
step Range 1st step 2nd~10th step 11th~12th step
Item
Unit Resistance(̫) 700~601 600~101 ~100
Tolerance(%) Ü5 Ü5 Ü5
CONTROLLER
FUEL SENDER
24 1
CD-2
31
CN-51
R29076ES06
6-32
10. WHEN SAFETY SOLENOID DOES NOT OPERATE
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.24.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Hydraulic Check hydraulic
YES Check operation malfunction system
of solenoid
Defective solenoid Replace
Safety lever : ON-OFF NO
YES
Defective switch Replace
YES Check voltage
between CS-4(C)
Check voltage and chassis
between CN- Disconnection in Repair or replace
68(1) - CN-68(2) Start switch : ON NO
wiring harness or (After clean)
YES Check voltage Voltage : 20~30V
Starting switch : ON between CN-4(8) Disconnect CN-4 poor contact
Voltage : 20~30V and chassis between
Safety state
Starting switch : ON
CS-4(C)-CN-68(1)
Voltage : 20~30V
Disconnect CN-4 Disconnect in Repair or replace
Check voltage NO
between CN-68(2) wiring harness or (After clean)
NO
with chassis poor contact
between
Safety lever : OFF
Starting switch : ON CN-4(8)-CN-68(1)
Voltage : 20~30V
Disconnection in Replace
NO
fuse No. 24
SAFETY SWITCH
B C A
B 7 SAFETY SOLENOID
A C 8 2
CS-4 CN-4
1
CN-68
FUSE
NO.24
30076ES04
6-33
11. WHEN TRAVEL SPEED 1, 2 DOES NOT OPERATE
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.22 .
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective hydraulic Check hydraulic
system system
YES Check voltage YES Check operation
between CN-50 YES
of solenoid Defective controller Replace
(13) and chassis
Check resistance
Check if travel Starting switch : ON Starting switch : ON between CN-70
Voltage : 20~30V : OFF NO
speed lamps( , (1) and (2)
Disconnect CN-50 : ON
) change when Defective solenoid Replace
Starting switch : OFF NO
pressing the travel
speed switch on SPEC : 15~25̫
Disconnect CN-70
the cluster YES
Starting switch : ON
Defective cluster Replace
Check controller
Y R G
NO
Defective controller Replace
Starting switch : ON
NO
CONTROLLER
TRAVEL SOLENOID
13 1
CN-50 CN-70
FUSE
NO.22
30076ES05
6-34
12. WHEN ENGINE DOES NOT START
ÂCheck supply of the power at engine stop solenoid while starting switch is ON.
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF. START SWITCH
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
II I O H
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. 1
I,O
9
2
H
10 3 4
Cause Remedy
ACC BR
4
B
1
11 2
YES 5 3
Defective battery Check engine 12
system charge or 6
C ST
5
replace(After CN-8 6
checking specific
gravity of battery) POWER RY
Check operation YES 30
Check voltage Defective magnet Replace 30 86
of start motor YES between starter of start motor 86
magnet coil and 87
Starting switch : START chassis Defective start relay Replace CN-60
85
BATTERY RY
NO
MASTER SW
87a 87 85 2
Starting switch : START YES 87a CS-74
SPEC : 20~30V ͽ 1
CS-74
Check operation Check voltage CR-35 2
CR-1
YES
NO of start relay
between CR-5 1
(30) and chassis
Disconnection in Repair or replace FUSE
Starting switch : START wiring harness or (After clean)
Starting switch :START
Check operation poor contact NO.1
of start safety between CR-5
NO relay DO-2 DO-1
(86) and CN-8(9)
YES
Starting switch : ON
Check voltage Defective relay Replace
1
2
2
between CR-
NO 5(87) and chassis ;
NO
CN-51
Starting switch : ON
FUSE 9
YES
Check voltage Defective relay Replace NO.12
MCU CONTROLLER
ͽ between CR-23 CN-92
and chassis 11
NO Disconnection in Repair or replace
Voltage : 20~30V wiring harness or (After clean)
CN-50
Starting switch : ON poor contact
between CR-5(30)-
CR-23 START RY STARTER
ANTI-RESTART RY 1
YES B+ M
Defective fuel cut- Replace 30 3 1
Check voltage 86 30
; between CN-74 off solenoid 86 4 2
(2) and chassis 87 M
Disconnection in Repair or replace 85 CR-23
NO CN-3 CN-45
Voltage : 20~30V wiring harness or (After clean) 85 87 87a
87a
Starting switch : ON poor contact CN-74
between CN-3(1) CR-5
and Fuse No.12 B+
U
3
1 I ~
2 G
R
2 ALTERNATOTR
1
30076ES06
6-35
13. WHEN STARTING SWITCH ON DOES NOT OPERATE
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and START SWITCH
master switch ON
II I O H
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. 1
I,O
9
2
H
10 3 4
ACC BR
4
B
1
11 2
5 3
Cause Remedy 12
6
YES
C ST
Disconnection in Repair or replace 5
6
CN-8
wiring harness or (After clean)
poor contact POWER RY
YES Check voltage
between DO-2 between DO-2(1)- 30
30 86
(1) and chassis CR-1 or defective 86
battery relay 87
Voltage : 20~30V CN-60
85
BATTERY RY
MASTER SW
87a 87 85 2
87a CS-74
YES Check voltage Disconnection in Replace 1
NO
CS-74
between CS-2 CR-35 2
CR-1
wiring harness or
(2) and chassis 1
poor contact
Voltage : 20~30V between CS-2(2)- FUSE
Check voltage
YES CN-8(11)- DO-2(1)
between CS-2(1) NO.1
and chassis DO-2 DO-1
Defective start Replace
Voltage : 20~30V NO
switch
1
2
2
Check voltage Disconnection in Replace
and specific NO CN-51
gravity of battery wiring harness or
poor contact FUSE 9
Specific gravity : MIN 1.28
Voltage : MIN 24V between CS-2(1)- NO.12
MCU CONTROLLER
CN-8(12)-CN-60-
CN-92
CR-1-Battery 11
CN-50
Battery capacity too Charge or replace
NO
low (After clean)
START RY STARTER
ANTI-RESTART RY 1
B+ M
30 3 1
86 30
86 4 2
87 M
85 CR-23
CN-3 CN-45
85 87 87a
87a
CR-5 CN-74
B+
U
3
1 I ~
2 G
R
2 ALTERNATOTR
1
30076ES06
6-36
14. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, WIPER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and the fuse
No.4, 11 and 13 is not blown out. CN-21
3 1
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
2
5 3
Cause Remedy 4
4
NO
Defective wiper Replace 5
M CN-5
cut switch 6 2 6
1
NO
Disconnection in Repair or replace WIPER MOTOR FUSE
Check operation wiring harness or (After clean) 4
wiper cut switch poor contact NO.4
CN-141
between CN-141 FEED BACK 1 CN-6 FUSE
Front sliding door Check voltage (11)- CS-53 2 5
open-close MOTOR DRIVE SIG CN-17
between CN-141 YES MOTOR DRIVE- 3 1 6 NO.13
YES (11) and chassis Defective switch Replace CN-22
panel MOTOR DRIVE+ 4 2 9
NO Check voltage GND 5 3 10 2 M
Front sliding door-close between CN-116
Voltage : 4~5V (6) and chassis VCC 6 4 11 1
Check operation 1)Recheck fuse Replace CONTINUE 24V 7 5 WASHER TANK
NO NO.11
YES of switch panel
Starting switch : ON WASHER P/P 8 6
LED ON. Voltage : 20~30V 2)Disconnection in Repair or replace WASHER SIG. 9 7
wiring harness or (After clean)
Starting switch : ON ͽ INT. SIG 10 8
Push wiper switch button YES
poor contact
WIPER CUT SW 11
between CN-
116(6)-Fuse N.C 12 CN-7
between CN- FEED BACK 13 3 FUSE
116(13)-Chassis WIPER MOTOR CONTROLLER 5
9 NO.11
Check voltage between NO
Defective switch Replace 10
CN-116(4) and chassis panel WIPER CUT SW
Intermittent
NO
1) Recheck fuse Replace CS-53
Check voltage CN-116 NO.4 CN-9
ͽ (12) and chassis 2) Disconnection Repair or replace
Washing
Check operation in wiring harness (After clean)
of wiper motor or poor contact 4
and controller CN-116
Check voltage CN-116 between CN- HEAD LIGHT OUT 1
(15) and chassis check voltage 141(7)-Fuse,
YES CN-141(7) and WORK LIGHT OUT 2
Starting switch : ON CN-21(4)-Fuse WORK LIGHT OUT 3
Voltage : 0~1V
chassis, CN-21(4) WIPER MOTOR DRIVE 4
and chassis NO
1) Recheck fuse Replace PRE-HEAT 5
Starting switch : OFF NO.13 POWER 24V 6
Voltage : 20~30V Check voltage CABIN LIGHT OUT 7
2) Disconnection Repair or replace
CN-141(6)-and CABIN LIGHT OUT 8
YES chassis CN-141(7)-Fuse (After clean) HEAD LIHGT 24V 9
WORK LIGHT 24V 10
Starting switch : ON ; WORK LIGHT 24V 11
Check continuity YES
Voltage : 20~30V WASHER SIG 12
NO
between Disconnection in Repair or replace GND 13
CN-141(2)-CN-116(4), wiring harness or (After clean) TRAVEL ALARM 14
CN-141(9)-CN-116(12), poor contact INT. SIG 15
CN-141(10)-CN-116(15), CABIN LIGHT 24V 16
; CN-141(5)-Chassis , NO CABIN LIGHT 24V 17
Check wiper Defective wiper Replace
CN-141(1)-CN-21(5), SWITCH PANEL
motor resistance motor
CN-141(3)-CN-21(6),
YES between CN-21
CN-141(4)-CN-21(2), (2)-CN-21(6) Defective wiper Replace
CN-141(13)-CN-21(3) YES motor controller
Resistance : 3~4̫
30076ES07
6-37
15. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, HEAD LAMP DOES NOT LIGHTS UP
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.14.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
CL-3
1
Cause Remedy 2
NO
Defective lamp Replace switch
HEAD LAMP
switch
1
2
30076ES08
6-38
16. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, WORK LAMP DOES NOT LIGHTS UP
ÂBefore disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
ÂBefore carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.15.
ÂAfter checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.
CL-5
30076ES09
6-39
GROUP 4 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective
YES Check pressure hydraulic system
at EPPR valve
NO
Check electric NO Defective Replace
SPEC : 5~20kgf/cm2
current at EPPR See TEST 3
EPPR valve
valve
Check if Er : 03
on the cluster SPEC : 200~450mA Defective MCU Replace
See TEST 2 NO
controller
YES
Short circuit or Check & repair
poor connection wire harness or
Check resistance between CN-50 - between CN-50-
YES at EPPR valve CN-75 CN-75
C)
SPEC : 17.5Ü1̫(20Á Defective EPPR Replace
See TEST 1 NO
valve
Wiring diagram
RESISTOR
CONTROLLER
FUSE
EPPR VALVE
30076MS01
6-40
(1) Test 1 : Check resistance at connector
SPEC : 17.5Ü1̫(20Á
C)
CN-75.
CN-75
Η Starting key OFF.
Θ Disconnect connector CN-75 from EPPR Multimeter
valve at main hydraulic pump.
Ι Check resistance between 2 lines as
figure.
EPPR valve
2507A5MS11
2507A5MS08
(0 to 570~710psi)
Θ Start engine.
Ι Set the accel dial at "10"(Max).
Κ Set S-mode and cancel auto decel mode. EPPR valve
2507A5MS09
6-41
2. ENGINE SPEED IS SLOW AT ALL MODE
ö Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
Good
If test 7 is good,
Check tachometer check TEST 1~4
YES work properly or
not by changing YES
Misalignment Clean speed
the mode. between speed sensor and
Is resistance
YES Is resistance See TEST 5 sensor and fly adjust
between CN-50 No good between CN-51 wheel See : 5-20page
(12) - (23) (25) - (26)
SPEC : 0.2~0.4k̫ ͽ
SPEC : 1~2̫
See TEST 6 NO
See TEST 4
Check cable
between accel Defective accel Replace accel
NO
actuator and actuator or short actuator or
injection pump. circuit or poor harness
connection assembly
between CN-50-
CN-76
26 11 2
CN-51 CN-2 CD-17
30076MS05
6-42
2) TEST PROCEDURE
SPEC : 10Ü2 [̫]
(1) Test 4 : Check resistance between CN-50 Y R G
(12)-(23). MCU
Η Starting key OFF. CONTROLLER
Θ Disconnect connector CN-50 from MCU CN-50
CN-51
controller.
Ι Check resistance as figure.
CN-50
12 1
23 13
36 25
Multimeter
30076MS06
Unit : rpm
(2) Test 5 : Check tachometer(Work properly
Spec Remark
or not)
Η Start engine. M mode 2050Ü100
Check rpm after cancel
Θ Check tachometer reading. H mode 1850Ü100
the Auto decel mode.
S mode 1750Ü100
CN-51 12 1
24 13
36 26 25
Multimeter
30076MS07
6-43
(4) Test 7 : Check resistance at speed
SPEC : 0.2~0.4k̫
sensor.
Η Starting key OFF.
Θ Disconnect connector CD-17 of speed Speed sensor
sensor at engine flywheel housing.
Ι Check resistance as figure.
CD-17 CD-17
Engine flywheel
Multimeter
30076MS12
6-44
3. ENGINE STALL
ö Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
YES
Not enough engine Contact cummins
YES Check pressure power engine dealer
at EPPR Valve
Defective EPPR Replace
SPEC:5~20kgf/cm2 NO
See TEST 9
valve
Check electric
current at EPPR
valve YES
Short circuit or Check and repair
SPEC : 200~450mA
See TEST 8 poor connection wire harness
Check resistance between
NO at EPPR valve CN-50 - CN-75
SPEC : 17.5Ü1̫(20Á
C)
See TEST 1
NO
Defective EPPR Replace
valve
Wiring diagram
RESISTOR
CONTROLLER
FUSE
EPPR VALVE
30076MS02
6-45
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : 200~450mA
CN-75
(1) Test 8 : Check electric current at EPPR Multimeter
valve at S-mode
Η Install multimeter as figure.
Θ Start engine.
Ι Set the accel dial at "10"(max)
Κ Set S-mode with 1750Ü100rpm. EPPR valve
Λ Check electric current.
2507A5MS08
2507A5MS09
6-46
4. MALFUNCTION OF CLUSTER OR MODE SELECTION SYSTEM
ö Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
YES
No power supply to Check fuse
See if all lamps the MCU controller
YES
off in the MCU
controller case YES
Y R G MCU failure Replace
Y R G
See if Co : Er
NO
on the cluster
NO Y R G
ͽ
NO
OK
Check connection Cluster failure Replace
between CN-51
ͽ (29) - CN-50(10)
or CN-50(30) -
CN-5(11) No connection Check and repair
NO
KEY OFF
Wiring diagram
CONTROLLER
CLUSTER
24
POWER IG(24V)
GND 28
RX 3 10 29
TX 4 11 30
CN-56 CN-5 CN-50
FUSE
NO.9
30076MS03
6-47
5. SLOW ACTION OF ENGINE SPEED CHANGE WHEN CHANGE THE MODE
ö Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
YES
Slow action of Check and repair
engine speed
control due to
interference
Check interference
between YES
connecting rod and Defective MCU Replace
Check voltage
accel actuator between CN-5(20)- controller
YES
(21) and check
resistance between
CN-51(20)-(22)
Check resistance Defective accel Replace
NO
between CN-50 SPEC : (20)-(21) : 5Ü1V actuator
NO (20)-(22) : 0.1~0.9k̫
(12)-(23) See TEST 11
SPEC : 1~2̫
See TEST 10 Defective accel Replace
NO
actuator
Wiring diagram
ACCEL ACTUATOR
MCU CONTROLLER
1 P+
2
2 SIG
1 3
12 3 P-
4 NC
5 M+ 5 M 6
23 6 M-
CN-76 ACCEL DIAL
CN-50
C -
20 5 B S
21 7 A +
22 CN-142
CN-9
TACHO SENSOR
25 12 1
rp
m
26 11 2
CN-51 CN-2 CD-17
30076MS05
6-48
2) TEST PROCEDURE
SPEC : 10Ü2 [̫]
(1) Test 10 : Check resistance. Y R G
(23) as figure.
CN-50
12 1
23 13
36 25
Multimeter
30076MS06
(22).
MCU
Starting key OFF. CONTROLLER
Disconnect connector CN-51 from MCU CN-51
controller. CN-50
CN-51
12 1
24 22 20 13
36 25
Multimeter
30076MS08
6-49
Θ Check voltage between CN-51(20) and SPEC : 5Ü1V
CN-51(21). Y R G
CN-51
12 1
24 21 20 13
36 25
Multimeter
30076MS09
6-50
6. AUTO DECEL SYSTEM DOES NOT WORK
ö Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace
controller
NO
Check resistance Short circuit or Replace or repair
between CN-51 poor connection
(1)-GND and between CN-51(1),
CN-51(13)-GND
(13)- pressure
SPEC : switches
Actuator operating :
11~13V
Actuator stop :0~2V Defective auto Replace
See TEST 12 NO
See TEST 13 decel pressure
switch
Wiring diagram
CD-7
13 1
Pa
2
CN-51 CD-6
30076MS10
6-51
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator stop : 11~13V
(1) Test 12 : Check voltage at CN-51(1) and Actuator operating : 0~2V
ground. Y R G
Multimeter
CN-51 12 1
24 13
36 25
Ground
Multimeter
30076MS11
6-52
7. MALFUNCTION OF WARMING UP
ö Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
YES
Defective cluster or Repair or Replace
Check resistance MCU controller or
YES
between CN-51 CD-8(Sensor)
(31) - CD-8(1)
SPEC : Below10̫ NO Poor connection Repair
Check resistance KEY OFF
between CN-
between CN-51
(33) - CD-8(2) 51(31) - CD-8(1)
SPEC : Below 10̫
KEY OFF
NO
Poor connection Repair
between CN-
51(33) - CD-8(2)
Wiring diagram
33 7 2
C
6 1
31
CD-8
CN-51 CN-2
30076MS04
6-53
8. MALFUNCTION OF POWER MAX
ö Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE
Cause Remedy
YES Check resistance
between CN-88 Defective power Repair or replace
Resistance (1) - (2) max. solenoid valve
YES
between CN-51 SPEC: 15-30̫
(2)-GND normal? See TEST 14
Wiring diagram
MCU CONTROLLER
POWER MAX SOLENOID
3 2
CN-50 1
1 CN-88
2 2
FUSE
CN-51 CN-4 NO.23(TIER I)
NO.25(TIER II)
POWER MAX SWITCH
2
1
CS-29
29076MS13
6-54
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Key ON : 24Ü1V
Key OFF : 0V
(1) Test 14: Check voltage between connect- Resistance : 15~30̫
or CN-88 - GND.
Η Start key ON.
Θ Disconnect connector CN-88 from power Power max. switch
max solenoid valve.
Ι Check voltage as figure.
LH RCV-lever
CN-88
CN-88
Power max.
solenoid valve
Multimeter
R29076MS14
CN-50
CN-51
12 2
24 13
36 25
Ground
Multimeter
29076MS15
6-55
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
1. PURPOSE
Performance tests are used to check:
1) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A
NEW MACHINE
Whenever a new machine is delivered in
Working
parts and reassembled at a customer's site, condition
it must be tested to confirm that the
operational performance of the machine
meets Hyundai spec.
2) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A Maintenance
WORKING MACHINE record
With the passage of time, the machine's
operational performance deteriorates, so
that the machine needs to be serviced
periodically to restore it to its original
performance level. Operating
Before servicing the machine, conduct
performance tests to check the extent of
deterioration, and to decide what kind of
service needs to be done(by referring to the
"Service Limits" in this manual).
21077MS01
3) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A
REPAIRED MACHINE
After the machine is repaired or serviced, it
must be tested to confirm that its
operational performance was restored by
the repair and/or service work done.
7-1
2. TERMINOLOGY
1) STANDARD
Specifications applied to the brand-new
machine, components and parts.
21077MS02
2) SERVICE LIMIT
The lowest acceptable performance level.
When the performance level of the machine
falls below this level, the machine must be
removed from work and repaired.
Necessary parts and components must be
replaced.
21077MS03
7-2
3. OPERATION FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS
1) Observe the following rules in order to carry
out performance tests accurately and
safely.
(1) The machine
Repair any defects and damage found,
such as oil or water leaks, loose bolts,
cracks and so on, before starting to test.
(2) Test area
Η Select a hard, flat surface.
Θ Secure enough space to allow the
machine to run straight more than 20m,
and to make a full swing with the front
attachment extended.
Ι If required, rope off the test area and
provide signboards to keep unauthorized
personnel away.
(3) Precautions
Η Before starting to test, agree upon the
signals to be employed for communication
among coworkers. Once the test is
started, be sure to communicate with
each other using these signals, and to 7-3
follow them without fail.
Θ Operate the machine carefully and
always give first priority to safety.
Ι While testing, always take care to avoid
accidents due to landslides or contact
with high voltage power lines. Always
confirm that there is sufficient space for
full swings.
Κ Avoid polluting the machine and the
ground with leaking oil. Use oil pans to
catch escaping oil. Pay special attention
to this when removing hydraulic pipings.
(4) Make precise measurements
Η Accurately calibrate test instruments in
advance to obtain correct data.
Θ Carry out tests under the exact test
conditions prescribed for each test item.
Ι Repeat the same test and confirm that
the test data obtained can be procured
repeatedly. Use mean values of
measurements if necessary.
7-3
2) ENGINE SPEED
(1) Measure the engine speed at each power
mode
ö The engine speed at each power mode
must meet standard RPM; if not, all other
operational performance data will be
unreliable. It is essential to perform this
test first.
(2) Preparation
Η Warm up the machine, until the engine
coolant temperature reaches 50Á C or
more, and the hydraulic oil is 50Ü5Á
C.
Θ Set the accel dial at 10(Max) position.
Ι Push the H-mode switch and confirm that
the fuel injection pump governor lever
comes into contact with the high-idle
stopper.
Κ Measure the engine RPM.
(3) Measurement
Η Start the engine. The engine will run at
start idle speed. Measure engine speed
with a tachometer.
Θ Measure and record the engine speed at
each mode(M, H, S).
Ι Select the M-mode.
Κ Lightly operate the bucket control lever a
few times, then return the control lever to
neutral; The engine will automatically
enter the auto-idle speed after 4
seconds.
Λ Measure and record the auto deceleration
speed.
(4) Evaluation
The measured speeds should meet the following specifications.
Unit : rpm
Model Engine speed Standard Remarks
7-4
3) TRAVEL SPEED
(1) Measure the time required for the
excavator to travel a 20m test track.
(2) Preparation
Η Adjust the tension of both tracks to be
equal.
Θ Prepare a flat and solid test track 20m in
length, with extra length of 3 to 5m on
0.3~0.5m
both ends for machine acceleration and
deceleration.
Ι Hold the bucket 0.3 to 0.5m above the
ground with the arm and bucket rolled in.
Κ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C. 290LC7MS01
(3) Measurement
Η Measure both the low and high speeds of
the machine.
Θ Before starting either the low or high
speed tests, adjust the travel mode
switch to the speed to be tested, then
select the following switch positions.
 Mode selector : M mode
Ι Start traveling the machine in the
acceleration zone with the travel levers at 3 ~ 5m 20m 3 ~ 5m
full stroke.
Κ Measure the time required to travel 20m.
Λ After measuring the forward travel speed,
turn the upperstructure 180Áand
measure the reverse travel speed.
Μ Repeat steps Κ and Λ three times in 290LC7MS02
7-5
4) TRACK REVOLUTION SPEED
(1) Measure the track revolution cycle time
with the track raised off ground.
(2) Preparation
Η Adjust the tension of both side tracks to
be equal.
Θ On the track to be measured, mark one
90~110
shoe with chalk.
Ι Swing the upperstructure 90Áand lower
the bucket to raise the track off ground.
Keep the boom-arm angle between 90 to Mark
110Áas shown. Place blocks under
machine frame.
Κ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
21077MS06
(3) Measurement
Η Select the following switch positions.
 Travel mode switch : 1 or 2 speed
 Mode selector : M mode
 Auto decel switch : OFF
Θ Operate the travel control lever of the
raised track in full forward and reverse.
Ι Rotate 1 turn, then measure time taken
for next 3 revolutions.
Κ Raise the other side of machine and
repeat the procedure.
Λ Repeat steps Ι and Κ three times and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The revolution cycle time of each track should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds / 3 revolutions
Model Travel speed Standard Maximum allowable
7-6
5) TRAVEL DEVIATION
(1) Measure the deviation by the tracks from
a 20m straight line.
(2) Preparation
Η Adjust the tension of both tracks to be
equal.
Θ Provide a flat, solid test yard 20m in
length, with extra length of 3 to 5m on
0.3~0.5m
both ends for machine acceleration and
deceleration.
Ι Hold the bucket 0.3 to 0.5m above the
ground with the arm and bucket rolled in.
Κ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
290LC7MS01
50Ü5Á C.
(3) Measurement
Η Measure the amount of mistracking at
high and low travel speeds.
Θ Before beginning each test, select the
following switch positions. 3~5m extra length
 Mode selector : M mode a
M
20
Ι Start traveling the machine in the
acceleration zone with the travel levers at
full stroke. 3~5m extra length
Κ Measure the distance between a straight
20m line and the track made by the
machine.(Dimension a)
Λ After measuring the tracking in forward 7-7(2)
7-7
6) SWING SPEED
(1) Measure the time required to swing three
complete turns.
(2) Preparation
Η Check the lubrication of the swing gear
and swing bearing.
Θ Place the machine on flat, solid ground
with ample space for swinging. Do not
conduct this test on slopes.
Ι With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bucket so that the height of
the bucket pin is the same as the boom
foot pin. The bucket must be empty.
Κ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
290LC7MS03
(3) Measurement
Η Select the following switch positions.
 Mode selector : M mode
Θ Operate swing control lever fully.
Ι Swing 1 turn and measure time taken to
swing next 3 revolutions.
Κ Repeat steps Θ and Ι three time and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The time required for 3 swings should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds / 3 revolutions
Model Power selector switch Standard Maximum allowable
7-8
7) SWING FUNCTION DRIFT CHECK
(1) Measure the swing drift on the bearing
outer circumference when stopping after a
360Áfull speed swing.
(2) Preparation
Η Check the lubrication of the swing gear
and swing bearing.
Θ Place the machine on flat, solid ground
with ample space for swinging. Do not
conduct this test on slopes.
Ι With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bucket so that the height of
the bucket pin is the same as the boom 290LC7MS03
foot pin. The bucket must be empty.
Κ Make two chalk marks: one on the swing
bearing and one directly below it on the
track frame.
Λ Swing the upperstructure 360Á.
Μ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
(3) Measurement
Η Conduct this test in the H mode.
Θ Select the following switch positions.
 Mode selector : M mode
Ι Operate the swing control lever fully and
return it to the neutral position when the
mark on the upperstructure aligns with
that on track frame after swinging 360Á
Κ Measure the distance between the two
marks. Drift angle
Λ Align the marks again, swing 360Á, then
test the opposite direction. 360 swing
Swing start & stop
Μ Repeat steps Κ and Λ three times each
and calculate the average values.
21077MS08
(4) Evaluation
The measured drift angle should be within the following specifications.
Unit : Degree
Model Mode select switch Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
7-9
8) SWING BEARING PLAY
(1) Measure the swing bearing play using a
dial gauge to check the wear of bearing
races and balls.
(2) Preparation
Η Check swing bearing mounting cap
screws for loosening.
Θ Check the lubrication of the swing
bearing. Confirm that bearing rotation is
smooth and without noise.
Ι Install a dial gauge on the track frame as
shown, using a magnetic base.
Κ Position the upperstructure so that the
7-10(1)
boom aligns with the tracks facing
towards the front idlers.
Λ Position the dial gauge so that its needle
point comes into contact with the bottom
face of the bearing outer race.
Μ Bucket should be empty.
(3) Measurement
Measurement : (h1)
Η With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bottom face of the bucket to
the same height of the boom foot pin.
Record the dial gauge reading(h1).
Θ Lower the bucket to the ground and use it
to raise the front idler 50cm.
Measurement : (h2)
Record the dial gauge reading(h2).
Ι Calculate bearing play(H) from this
data(h1 and h2) as follows.
H=h2-h1
(4) Evaluation 290LC7MS04
The measured drift should be within the following specifications.
Unit : mm
Model Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
R300LC-7 0.5 ~ 1.5 3.0
7-10
9) HYDRAULIC CYLINDER CYCLE TIME
(1) Measure the cycle time of the boom,
standard arm, and standard bucket
cylinders.
(2) Preparation
Η To measure the cycle time of the boom Raise
cylinders:
With the arm rolled out and the empty
bucket rolled out, lower the bucket to the
ground, as shown. Lower
Θ To measure the cycle time of the arm
cylinder.
With the empty bucket rolled in, position
the arm so that it is vertical to the ground.
Lower the boom until the bucket is 0.5m
above the ground. Roll out Roll in
Ι To measure the cycle time of the bucket
cylinder.
90
The empty bucket should be positioned 0.5m
at midstroke between roll-in and roll-out,
so that the sideplate edges are vertical to
the ground.
Κ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
(3) Measurement
Η Select the following switch positions.
 Mode selector : H mode Roll out Roll in
Θ To measure cylinder cycle times.
0.5m
- Boom cylinders.
Measure the time it takes to raise the
boom, and the time it takes to lower the 21077MS10
7-11
- Bucket cylinders
Measure the time it takes to roll in the
bucket, and the time it takes to roll out the
bucket. To do so, position the bucket at
one stroke end, then move the control
lever to the other stroke end as quickly as
possible.
- Repeat each measurement 3 times and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The average measured time should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds
Model Function Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
7-12
10) DIG FUNCTION DRIFT CHECK
(1) Measure dig function drift, which can be
caused by oil leakage in the control valve
and boom, standard arm, and standard
bucket cylinders, with the loaded bucket.
When testing the dig function drift just
after cylinder replacement, slowly operate
each cylinder to its stroke end to purge air.
(2) Preparation
Η Load bucket fully. Instead of loading the
bucket, weight(W) of the following
specification can be used.
 W=M3Ý1.5
Where :
M3 = Bucket heaped capacity(m3)
1.5= Soil specific gravity
Θ Position the arm cylinder with the rod 20
to 30mm extended from the fully retracted
position.
Ι Position the bucket cylinder with the rod
20 to 30mm retracted from the fully
extended position.
290LC7MS05
Κ With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bucket so that the height of
the bucket pin is the same as the boom
foot pin.
Λ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
(3) Measurement
Η Stop the engine.
Θ Five minutes after the engine has been
stopped, measure the changes in the
positions of the boom, arm and bucket
cylinders.
Ι Repeat step Θ three times and calculate
the average values.
7-13
11) CONTROL LEVER OPERATING FORCE
(1) Use a spring scale to measure the
maximum resistance of each control lever
at the middle of the grip.
(2) Preparation
Η Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5ÁC.
(3) Measurement
Η Start the engine.
Θ Select the following switch positions.
 Mode selector : M mode
Ι Operate each boom, arm, bucket and
swing lever at full stroke and measure the
maximum operating force for each.
Κ Lower the bucket to the ground to raise
one track off the ground. Operate the
travel lever at full stroke and measure the
maximum operating force required.
When finished, lower the track and then
jack-up the other track.
Λ Repeat steps Ι and Κ three times and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The measured operating force should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf
Model Kind of lever Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
7-14
12) CONTROL LEVER STROKE
(1) Measure each lever stroke at the lever top
using a ruler.
ö When the lever has play, take a half of this
value and add it to the measured stroke.
(2) Preparation
Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
(3) Measurement
Η Stop the engine.
Θ Measure each lever stroke at the lever
top from neutral to the stroke end using a
ruler.
Ι Repeat step Θ three times and calculate
the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The measured drift should be within the following specifications.
Unit : mm
Model Kind of lever Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
7-15
13) PILOT PRIMARY PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
Η Stop the engine.
Θ Remove the top cover of the hydraulic
tank oil supply port with a wrench.
Ι Loosen and remove plug on the pilot
pump delivery port and connect pressure
a3
gauge.
Κ Start the engine and check for oil leakage
from the port.
Λ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
(2) Measurement
Η Select the following switch positions.
 Mode selector : M mode
 Auto decel switch : OFF
2507A7MS02A
Θ Measure the primary pilot pressure in the
M mode.
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should meet the following specifications:
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Engine speed Standard Allowable limits Remarks
7-16
14) FOR TRAVEL SPEED SELECTING PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
Η Stop the engine.
Θ Remove the top cover of the hydraulic
tank oil supply port with a wrench.
Ι Push the pressure release button to
bleed air.
Κ To measure the speed selecting pressure:
Install a connector and pressure gauge
assembly to turning joint P port as shown.
Λ Start the engine and check for on
leakage from the adapter.
Μ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
(2) Measurement
Η Select the following switch positions.
Travel mode switch : 1 speed
2 speed
 Mode selector : M mode
Θ Measure the travel speed selecting
pressure in the Hi or Lo mode.
Ι Lower the bucket to the ground to raise
the track off the ground. Operate the
travel lever at full stroke and measure the
fast speed pressure.
Κ Repeat steps Θ and Ι three times and
calculate the average values.
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Travel speed mode Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
1 Speed 0 -
R300LC-7
2 Speed 35Ü5 -
7-17
15) SWING PARKING BRAKE RELEASING PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
Η Stop the engine.
Θ Remove the top cover of the hydraulic
tank oil supply port with a wrench.
Ι The pressure release L wrench to bleed
air.
Κ Install a connector and pressure gauge
assembly to swing motor SH port, as
shown.
Λ Start the engine and check for oil a3
7-18
16) MAIN PUMP DELIVERY PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
Η Stop the engine.
Θ Remove the top cover of the hydraulic
tank oil supply port with a wrench.
Ι Push the pressure release button to
bleed air.
Κ To measure the main pump pressure.
Install a connector and pressure gauge
assembly main pump gauge port as
shown.
Λ Start the engine and check for oil leakage
from the port.
Μ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
2507A7MS03A
(2) Measurement
Η Select the following switch positions.
 Mode selector : M mode
Θ Measure the main pump delivery
pressure in the M mode(High idle).
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should meet the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Engine speed Standard Allowable limits Remarks
R300LC-7 High idle 40Ü5 -
7-19
17) SYSTEM PRESSURE REGULATOR RELIEF SETTING
(1) Preparation
Η Stop the engine.
Θ Remove the top cover of the hydraulic
tank oil supply port with a wrench.
Ι Push the pressure release button to
bleed air.
Κ To measure the system relief pressure.
Install a connector and pressure gauge
assembly main pump gauge port, as
shown.
Λ Start the engine and check for oil leakage
from the port.
Μ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50Ü5Á C.
(2) Measurement
Η Select the following switch positions.
 Mode selector : M mode
Θ Slowly operate each control lever of
boom, arm and bucket functions at full
stroke over relief and measure the
pressure.
Ι In the swing function, place bucket
against an immovable object and
measure the relief pressure.
Κ In the travel function, lock undercarriage
with an immovable object and measure
the relief pressure.
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Function to be tested Standard Maximum allowable
7-20
GROUP 2 MAJOR COMPONENT
1. MAIN PUMP
3 1 2
9 6 5 4 7 290LC7MS08
Standard Recommended
Part name & inspection item replacement Counter measures
dimension value
Clearance
between piston(1) & Replace piston
d D 0.043 0.070 or cylinder.
cylinder bore(2)
(D-d)
Play between
piston(1) & shoe caulking
0-0.1 0.3
section(3)
(ɺ) Replace
assembly of
Thickness of shoe piston & shoe.
ɺ
(t) t 4.9 4.7
7-21
2. MAIN CONTROL VALVE
Part name Inspection item Criteria & measure
Casing ÂExistence of scratch, rusting or corrosion. ÂIn case of damage in following section,
replace part.
- Sliding sections of casing fore and spool,
especially land sections applied with
holded pressure.
- Seal pocket section where spool is inserted.
- Seal section of port where O-ring contacts.
- Seal section of each relief valve for main,
travel, and port.
- Other damages that may damage
normal functions.
Spool ÂExistence of scratch, gnawing, rusting or ÂReplacement when its outside sliding
corrosion. section has scratch(Especially on seals-
contacting section).
ÂO-ring seal sections at both ends. ÂReplacement when its sliding section has
scratch.
ÂInsert spool in casing hole, rotate and ÂCorrection or replacement when O-ring is
reciprocate it. damaged or when spool does not move
smoothly.
Around spring ÂRusting, corrosion, deformation or breaking ÂReplacement for significant damage.
of spring, spring seat, plug or cover.
7-22
3. SWING DEVICE
1) WEARING PARTS
Standard Recommended
Inspection item replacement Counter measures
dimension value
Replace piston or
Clearance between piston and cylinder block bore 0.028 0.058
cylinder block
Replace assembly
Play between piston and shoe caulking section(ɺ) 0 0.3
of piston and shoe
Replace assembly
Thickness of shoe(t) 5.5 5.3
of piston and shoe
Replace set of
Combined height of retainer plate and spherical retainer plate and
6.5 6.0
bushing (H-h) spherical bushing
H
h
ɺ
2) SLIDING PARTS
7-23
4. TRAVEL MOTOR
1) WEARING PARTS
Standard Recommended
Inspection item replacement Counter measures
dimension value
Replace piston or
Clearance between piston and cylinder block bore 0.025 0.050
cylinder block
Replace assembly
Play between piston and shoe caulking section(T) 0 0.3
of piston and shoe
Replace assembly
Thickness of shoe(t) 4.5 4.3
of piston and shoe
Combined height of set plate and ball guide(H-h) Replace set of set
7.3 7.0
plate and ball guide
2) SLIDING PARTS
Shoe 0.8S -
Cylinder 0.8S -
7-24
5. RCV LEVER
Maintenance
Criteria Remark
check item
Leakage The valve is to be replaced when the leakage Conditions :
becomes more than 1000cc/m at neutral handle Primary pressure : 30kgf/cm2
position, or more than 2000cc/m during operation. Oil viscosity : 23cSt
Spool This is to be replaced when the sliding surface has The leakage at the left condition is
worn more than 10ʂm, compared with the non- estimated to be nearly equal to the
sliding surface. above leakage.
Push rod
͚7
1mm
Play at operating The pin, shaft, and joint of the operating section are When a play is due to looseness of a
section to be replaced when their plays become more than tightened section, adjust it.
2mm due to wears or so on.
Notes 1. It is desirable to replace seal materials, such as O-rings, every disassembling. However,
they may be reused, after being confirmed to be free of damage.
2. When loosening the hexagon socket head cap screw(125), replace the seal washers(121)
without fail.
7-25
6. RCV PEDAL
Maintenance
Criteria Remark
check item
Leakage The valve is to be replaced when the leakage effect Conditions :
to the system. For example, the primary pressure Primary pressure : 30kgf/cm2
drop. Oil viscosity : 23cSt
Spool This is to be replaced when the sliding surface has The leakage at the left condition is
worn more than 10ʂm, compared with the non- estimated to be nearly equal to the
sliding surface. above leakage.
Push rod
͚7
1mm
Play at operating The pin, shaft, and joint of the operating section are When a play is due to looseness of a
section to be replaced when their plays become more than tightened section, adjust it.
2mm due to wears or so on.
7-26
7. TURNING JOINT
Part name Maintenance standards Remedy
Sliding surface with Plating worn or peeled due to seizure or contamination. Replace
sealing sections.
- Extrusion
Square ring
7-27
8. CYLINDER
Part name Inspecting section Inspection item Remedy
7-28
GROUP 3 TRACK AND WORK EQUIPMENT
1. TRACK
1) TRACK ROLLER
2
1
3 4
21037MS01
Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
7 - 29
2) CARRIER ROLLER
4 3
5
6
1
2
32037MA37
Unit : mm
7-30
3) IDLER
8
1
2
7
3 5
4
21037MS03
Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
7 - 31
4) TRACK
2 1
4
3
5
21037MS04
Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
7 - 32
5) TRACK FRAME AND RECOIL SPRING
2
3
1
21037MS05
Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
7 - 33
2. WORK EQUIPMENT
A C D E F
B K J I H G
21077MS20
Unit : mm
Pin Bushing
Normal Remedy
Measuring point Recomm. Recomm.
Mark Limit Limit &
(Pin and Bushing) value service service
of use of use Remark
limit limit
7 - 34
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
Group 1
Precaution - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-1
Group 2
Tightening Torque - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-4
Group 3
Pump Device - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-7
Group 4
Main Control Valve - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-30
Group 5
Swing Device - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-41
Group 6
Travel Device - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-65
Group 7 RCV Lever - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-98
Group 8 Turning Joint - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-113
Group 9 Boom, Arm and Bucket Cylinder - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-118
Group 10 Undercarriage - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-135
Group 11 Work Equipment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-147
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
GROUP 1 PRECAUTIONS
1. REMOVAL WORK
1) Lower the work equipment completely to the ground.
If the coolant contains antifreeze, dispose of it correctly.
2) After disconnecting hoses or tubes, cover them or fit blind plugs to prevent dirt or dust from entering.
3) When draining oil, prepare a container of adequate size to catch the oil.
4) Confirm the match marks showing the installation position, and make match marks in the
necessary places before removal to prevent any mistake when assembling.
5) To prevent any excessive force from being applied to the wiring, always hold the connectors when
disconnecting the connectors.
6) Fit wires and hoses with tags to show their installation position to prevent any mistake when
installing.
7) Check the number and thickness of the shims, and keep in a safe place.
8) When raising components, be sure to use lifting equipment of ample strength.
9) When using forcing screws to remove any components, tighten the forcing screws alternately.
10) Before removing any unit, clean the surrounding area and fit a cover to prevent any dust or dirt from
entering after removal.
11) When removing hydraulic equipment, first release the remaining pressure inside the hydraulic tank
and the hydraulic piping.
12) If the part is not under hydraulic pressure, the following corks can be used.
Nominal Dimensions
number D d L
06 6 5 8
08 8 6.5 11
10 10 8.5 12
12 12 10 15
14 14 11.5 18 Taper 1/8
͚D ͚d
16 16 13.5 20
18 18 15 22
20 20 17 25
L
22 22 18.5 28
24 24 20 30
27 27 22.5 34
8-1
2. INSTALL WORK
1) Tighten all bolts and nuts(Sleeve nuts) to the specified torque.
2) Install the hoses without twisting or interference.
3) Replace all gaskets, O-rings, cotter pins, and lock plates with new parts.
4) Bend the cotter pin or lock plate securely.
5) When coating with adhesive, clean the part and remove all oil and grease, then coat the threaded
portion with 2-3 drops of adhesive.
6) When coating with gasket sealant, clean the surface and remove all oil and grease, check that there
is no dirt or damage, then coat uniformly with gasket sealant.
7) Clean all parts, and correct any damage, dents, burrs, or rust.
8) Coat rotating parts and sliding parts with engine oil.
9) When press fitting parts, coat the surface with antifriction compound(LM-P).
10) After installing snap rings, check that the snap ring is fitted securely in the ring groove(Check that
the snap ring moves in the direction of rotation).
11) When connecting wiring connectors, clean the connector to remove all oil, dirt, or water, then
connect securely.
12) When using eyebolts, check that there is no deformation or deterioration, and screw them in fully.
13) When tightening split flanges, tighten uniformly in turn to prevent excessive tightening on one side.
14) When operating the hydraulic cylinders for the first time after repairing and reassembling the
hydraulic cylinders, pumps, or other hydraulic equipment or piping, always bleed the air from the
hydraulic cylinders as follows:
(1) Start the engine and run at low idling.
(2) Operate the control lever and actuate the hydraulic cylinder 4-5 times, stopping 100mm before the
end of the stroke.
(3) Next, operate the piston rod to the end of its stroke to relieve the circuit. (The air bleed valve is
actuated to bleed the air.)
(4) After completing this operation, raise the engine speed to the normal operating condition.
ö If the hydraulic cylinder has been replaced, carry out this procedure before assembling the rod to
the work equipment.
ö Carry out the same operation on machines that have been in storage for a long time after
completion of repairs.
8-2
3. COMPLETING WORK
1) If the coolant has been drained, tighten the drain valve, and add water to the specified level. Run
the engine to circulate the water through the system. Then check the water level again.
2) If the hydraulic equipment has been removed and installed again, add engine oil to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then check the oil level again.
3) If the piping or hydraulic equipment, such as hydraulic cylinders, pumps, or motors, have been
removed for repair, always bleed the air from the system after reassembling the parts.
4) Add the specified amount of grease(Molybdenum disulphied grease) to the work equipment related
parts.
8-3
GROUP 2 TIGHTENING TORQUE
1. MAJOR COMPONENTS
Torque
No. Descriptions Bolt size
kgfÂm lbfÂft
1 Engine mounting bolt, nut M22Ý2.5 48Ü2.0 347Ü14.5
2 Radiator mounting bolt M16Ý2.0 25.7Ü4.0 186Ü29
Engine
3 Coupling mounting socket bolt M20Ý2.5 46.5Ü2.5 336Ü18.1
4 Main pump housing mounting bolt M10Ý1.5 4.8Ü0.3 35Ü2.2
5 Main pump mounting bolt M20Ý2.5 42Ü4.5 304Ü32.5
6 Main control valve mounting nut M12Ý1.75 12.2Ü1.3 88.2Ü9.4
Hydraulic
7 system Fuel tank mounting bolt M20Ý2.5 46Ü5.0 333Ü36
8 Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt M20Ý2.5 46Ü5.0 333Ü36
9 Turning joint mounting bolt, nut M12Ý1.75 12.3Ü1.3 88.9Ü9.4
10 Swing motor mounting bolt M20Ý2.5 58.4Ü6.4 422Ü46
11 Swing bearing upper part mounting bolt M24Ý3.0 97.8Ü10 707Ü72.3
Power
12 train Swing bearing lower part mounting bolt M24Ý3.0 97.8Ü10 707Ü72.3
system
13 Travel motor mounting bolt M24Ý3.0 84Ü8.0 608Ü57.9
14 Sprocket mounting bolt M20Ý2.5 57Ü6.0 412Ü43.3
15 Upper roller mounting bolt, nut M16Ý2.0 29.7Ü4.4 126Ü31.8
16 Lower roller mounting bolt, nut M20Ý2.5 57.9Ü8.6 419Ü62.2
Under
17 carriage Track tension cylinder mounting bolt M12Ý1.25 15Ü0.5 108Ü3.6
18 Track shoe mounting bolt, nut M22Ý1.5 115Ü5.0 831Ü36
19 Track guard mounting bolt M20Ý2.5 46Ü5.0 333Ü36
20 Counterweight mounting bolt M36Ý3.0 297Ü33 2148Ü239
21 Others Cab mounting bolt M12Ý1.75 12.2Ü1.3 88.2Ü9.4
22 Operator's seat mounting bolt M 8 Ý1.25 2.5Ü0.5 18.1Ü3.6
ö For tightening torque of engine and hydraulic components, see engine maintenance guide and
service manual.
8-4
2. TORQUE CHART
Use following table for unspecified torque.
1) BOLT AND NUT - Coarse thread
8T 10T
Bolt size
kgfÂm lbfÂft kgfÂm lbfÂft
M 6Ý1.0 0.85 ~ 1.25 6.15 ~ 9.04 1.14 ~ 1.74 8.2 ~ 12.6
M 8Ý1.25 2.0 ~ 3.0 14.5 ~ 21.7 2.7 ~ 4.1 19.5 ~ 29.7
M10Ý1.5 4.0 ~ 6.0 28.9 ~ 43.4 5.5 ~ 8.3 39.8 ~ 60.0
M12Ý1.75 7.4 ~ 11.2 53.5 ~ 81.0 9.8 ~ 15.8 70.9 ~ 114
M14Ý2.0 12.2 ~ 16.6 88.2 ~ 120 16.7 ~ 22.5 121 ~ 163
M16Ý2.0 18.6 ~ 25.2 135 ~ 182 25.2 ~ 34.2 182 ~ 247
M18Ý2.0 25.8 ~ 35.0 187 ~ 253 35.1 ~ 47.5 254 ~ 344
M20Ý2.5 36.2 ~ 49.0 262 ~ 354 49.2 ~ 66.6 356 ~ 482
M22Ý2.5 48.3 ~ 63.3 349 ~ 458 65.8 ~ 98.0 476 ~ 709
M24Ý3.0 62.5 ~ 84.5 452 ~ 611 85.0 ~ 115 615 ~ 832
M30Ý3.0 124 ~ 168 898 ~ 1214 169 ~ 229 1223 ~ 1656
M36Ý4.0 174 ~ 236 1261 ~ 1704 250 ~ 310 1808 ~ 2242
8-5
2) PIPE AND HOSE(FLARE TYPE)
1/4" 19 4 28.9
3/8" 22 5 36.2
1/2" 27 9.5 68.7
3/4" 36 18 130.2
1" 41 21 151.9
1-1/4" 50 35 253.2
9/16-18 19 4 28.9
11/16-16 22 5 36.2
13/16-16 27 9.5 68.7
1-3/16-12 36 18 130.2
1-7/16-12 41 21 151.9
1-11/16-12 50 35 253.2
4) FITTING
1/4" 19 4 28.9
3/8" 22 5 36.2
1/2" 27 9.5 68.7
3/4" 36 18 130.2
1" 41 21 151.9
1-1/4" 50 35 253.2
8-6
GROUP 3 PUMP DEVICE
8-7
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal
(2) Remove the suction strainer and clean it.
(3) Replace the return filter with a new one.
(4) Remove breather and clean it.
(5) After adding oil to the hydraulic tank to
the specified level.
(6) Bleed the air from the hydraulic pump.
Η Remove the air vent plug(2EA)
Θ Tighten plug lightly
Ι Start the engine, run at low idling, and
check oil come out from plug.
Κ Tighten plug.
(7) Start the engine, run at low idling(3~5
minutes) to circulate the oil through the
system.
(8) Confirmed the hydraulic oil level and
check the hydraulic oil leaks or not.
8-8
2. MAIN PUMP(1/2)
1) STRUCTURE
535 789 732 532 531 214 702 792 901 710 312 717 124 151 152 113 04
808 534 808
724A 954
953
886
717
406
774
111
261
127
123
710
824
251
490 212 211 153 156 157 468 313 467 466 116 885 314 141 981 271 401
728 726 725 983
414 326
VIEW A 30072MP02
8-9
MAIN PUMP(2/2)
544
543
079
545 725 325
541
466
725
29072MP03
8-10
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
The tools necessary to disassemble/reassemble the pump are shown in the follow list.
8-11
(2) Tightening torque
Torque Wrench size
Part name Bolt size
kgfÂm lbfÂft in mm
Hexagon socket head bolt M 5 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
(Material : SCM435)
M 6 1.2 8.7 0.20 5
M 8 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
M10 5.8 42.0 0.31 8
M12 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
M14 16.0 115.7 0.47 12
M16 24.0 173.6 0.55 14
M18 34.0 245.9 0.55 14
M20 44.0 318.3 0.67 17
PT plug(Material : S45C) PT 1/16 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
ö Wind a seal tape 1 1/2 to
PT 1/ 8 1.05 7.59 0.20 5
2 turns round the plug
PT 1/ 4 1.75 12.66 0.24 6
PT 3/ 8 3.5 25.3 0.31 8
PT 1/ 2 5.0 36.2 0.39 10
PF plug(Material : S45C) PF 1/ 4 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
PF 1/ 2 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
PF 3/ 4 15.0 108.5 0.55 14
PF 1 19.0 137.4 0.67 17
PF 1 1/4 27.0 195.3 0.67 17
PF 1 1/2 28.0 202.5 0.67 17
8-12
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Select place suitable to disassembling.
ö Select clean place.
ö Spread rubber sheet, cloth or so on, on
overhaul workbench top to prevent parts
from being damaged.
(2) Remove dust, rust, etc, from pump
surfaces with cleaning oil or so on.
(3) Remove drain port plug(468) and let oil
out of pump casing.(Front and rear pump).
MP01
MP02
8-13
(7) Pull cylinder(141) out of pump casing
(271) straightly over drive shaft(111). Pull
out also pistons(151), set plate(153),
spherical bush(156) and cylinder springs
(157) simultaneously.
ö Take care not to damage sliding surfaces
of cylinder, spherical bushing, shoes,
swash plate, etc.
MP03
MP05
MP06
8-14
(12) Tapping lightly shaft's end of drive shafts
(111, 113) with plastic hammer, take out
drive shafts from swash plate supports.
MP07
MP08
8-15
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) For reassembling reverse the disassembling
procedures, paying attention to the
following items.
Η Do not fail to repair the parts damaged
during disassembling, and prepare
replacement parts in advance.
Θ Clean each part fully with cleaning oil and
dry it with compressed air.
Ι Do not fail to apply clean working oil to
sliding sections, bearings, etc. before
assembling them.
Κ In principle, replace seal parts, such as
O-rings, oil seals, etc.
Λ For fitting bolts, plug, etc., prepare a
torque wrench or so on, and tighten them
with torques shown in Section 2-3.
Μ For the double-pump, take care not to
mix up parts of the front pump with those
of the rear pump.
8-16
(3) Place pump casing with its regulator fitting
surface down, fit tilting bush of swash plate
to tilting pin(531), and fit swash plate (212)
to swash plate support(251) correctly.
Confirm with fingers of both hands that
ö swash plate can be removed smoothly.
Apply grease to sliding sections of swash
ö plate and swash plate support, and drive
shaft can be fitted easily.
MP10
MP11
MP13
8-17
(7) Fit valve plate(313) to valve block(312),
entering pin into pin hole.
ö Take care not to mistake suction / delivery
directions of valve plate.
MP14
MP16
MP17
8-18
3. REGULATOR
1) STRUCTURE(1/2)
Pm
Pi
615
613
A 611
B
B
647
648
723
642
438
801
801
924
724
641
730 643 708 644 645 646 728
SECTION B-B
413 438
290072RE01
438
VIEW C
8-19
REGULATOR(2/2)
734 653 654 836 651 652 601 624 629 630 628
655
641 802
814
898
631 627
732
733
732
622
8-20
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
The tools necessary to disassemble/reassemble the pump are shown in the follow list.
8-21
(2) Tightening torque
Torque Wrench size
Part name Bolt size
kgfÂm lbfÂft in mm
Hexagon socket head bolt M 5 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
(Material : SCM435)
M 6 1.2 8.7 0.20 5
M 8 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
M10 5.8 42.0 0.31 8
M12 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
M14 16.0 115.7 0.47 12
PT plug(Material : S45C) PT 1/16 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
ö Wind a seal tape 1 1/2 to
PT 1/ 8 1.05 7.59 0.20 5
2 turns round the plug
PT 1/ 4 1.75 12.66 0.24 6
PF plug(Material : S45C) PT 1/ 4 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
8-22
3) DISASSEMBLY
Since the regulator consists of small
precision finished parts, disassembly and
assembly are rather complicated.
For this reason, replacement of a regulator
assembly is not recommended, unless there
is a special reason, but in case disassembly
is necessary for an unavoidable reason,
read through this manual to the end before
starting disassembly.
(1) Choose a place for disassembly.
ö Choose a clean place.
ö Spread rubber sheet, cloth, or so on on
top of work-bench to prevent parts from
being damaged.
(2) Remove dust, rust, etc. from surfaces of
regulator with clean oil.
REG01
8-23
(5) After removing cover(C, 629) subassembly,
take out outer spring(625), inner spring
(626) and spring seat(C, 624) from
compensating section.
Then draw out adjusting ring(Q, 645), pilot
spring(646) and spring seat(644) from
pilot section.
ö Adjusting ring(Q,645) can easily be drawn
out with M4 bolt.
REG03
REG04
REG05
REG06
8-24
REG07
REG08
REG09
REG10
8-25
(11) Remove lever(1, 612). Do not draw out
pin(875).
(12) Draw out pilot piston(643) and spool(652).
(13) Draw out piston case(622), compensating
piston(621) and compensating rod(623).
ö Piston case(622) can be taken out by
pushing compensating rod(623) at
opposite side of piston case.
8-26
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) For assembly, reverse disassembly
procedures, but pay attention to the
following items.
Η Always repair parts that were scored at
disassembly.
Get replacement parts ready beforehand.
Θ Mixing of foreign matter will cause
malfunction.
Therefore, wash parts well with cleaning
oil, let them dry with jet air and handle
them in clean place.
Ι Always tighten bolts, plugs, etc. to their
specified torques.
Κ Do not fail to coat sliding surfaces with
clean hydraulic oil before assembly.
Λ Replace seals such as O-ring with new
ones as a rule.
Spool
Feedback lever
8-26
8-27
(5) Fit feedback lever(611), matching its pin
hole with pin hole in spool.
Then insert pin(874).
ö Insert pin in feedback lever a little to ease
operation. Lever 1 side Lever 2 side
ö Take care not to mistake direction of (adjust plug fulcrum
feedback lever. plug side)
8-27
REG11
REG13
8-28
(11) Fit set spring(655) to spool hole and put
compensating piston(621) and piston
case(622) into compensating hole.
Fit pilot cover(641) and tighten it with
hexagonal socket head screws(436, 438).
REG14
REG15
REG16
8-29
GROUP 4 MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1
Pb2
0
Pb2
2
Pc4
Pb4 0
Pc4
Pb3
Pc3
300078MCV03
8-30
2. STRUCTURE
1 Body(P1) 47 Piston-cut off
15 80 74 3 81 65 68 54 67 60 51 52 74 26 29 28 27 16 2 Body(P2) 48 Poppet-signal
3 Spool-travel straight 49 Spring-signal
15 80 74 10 21 22 73 20 23 71 24 25 74 26 29 28 18 27
4 Spool-travel 50 Plug
5 Spool-swing 51 Orifice-signal
6 Spool-boom 52 Coin type filter
7 Spool-swing priority 53 Orifice-plug
8 Spool-boom 2 54 Plug
55
71 59 79 78 91 9 Spool-arm 2 55 Plug
49
46 10 Spool-arm 56 Restrictor-lock valve
21 22 73 20 73 22 21 66 61 83 19
A-A (STRAIGHT-TRAVEL & SUPPLY) 11 Spool-arm regeneration 57 Plug
44 57 45 74 53 11 21 22 73 20 712325 24 74 26 29 28 27 16
12 Spool-bucket 58 Plug
60 67 60 67 60 67 1
13 Spool-option 59 Plug
15 80 74 85 4 71 23 73 20 22 21 85 74 81 26 29 28 27 16 P1 BLOCK SPOOL SECTION 14 Spool-bypass cut 60 Plug
15 Cover-pilot A 61 Plug
15 84 74 12 21 22 20 73 23 71 25 24 84 74 26 29 28 2716
16 Cover-pilot B1 62 Plug
60 65 67 60 6065 17 Cover-pilot B2 63 O-ring
18 Block-holding 64 O-ring
19 Block-regeneration 65 O-ring
A A
20 Plug 66 O-ring
B B
21 Poppet 1-check valve 67 O-ring
15 74 4 24 25 23 73 74 26 29 28 27 16 C C
22 Spring-check valve 68 O-ring
B-B (TRAVEL RIGHT& LEFT) D D 23 Plug 69 O-ring
15 84 74 13 21 22 73 20 23 71 25 24 8474 26 29 28 27 16 E E 24 Poppet 2-check valve 70 O-ring
15 80 74 5 24 25 23 73 74 26 29 81 28 27 16
88 F F 25 Spring-check valve 71 O-ring
F-F (OPTION & BUCKET) G G 26 Spring seat 1 72 O-ring
60 67 14 89 70 90 27 Spring seat 2 73 O-ring
60 67 69 58 2
28 Spacer bolt 74 O-ring
29 Spring-return(L) 75 Back-up ring
P2 BLOCK SPOOL SECTION
30 Stopper 1-TS 76 Back-up ring
31 Stopper 2-priority 77 Back-up ring
32 Spring seat 3 78 Socket head bolt with washer
15 84 80 74 6 24 2523 73 74 26 29 28 27 18 33 Poppet-check valve TS 79 Socket head bolt with washer
C-C (SWING & BOOM)
34 Spring-check valve TS 80 Socket head bolt with washer
17 28 27 29 28 84 33 74 7 54 68 65 77 62 70 8 84 74 3329 282717 87 70 62 87 35 Poppet-lock valve 81 Main relief valve
36 Spring-lock valve pilot 82 Overload relief valve
G-G (CENTER BYPASS CUT-OFF & NEGATIVE CONTROL)
37 Guide poppet 83 Plug-relief valve
38 Poppet-pilot 84 Plug-relief valve
39 Seat-poppet 85 Negative control valve
59 40 Piston 1 86 Socket head bolt with washer
35 56
36 38 37 41 Guide-piston 87 Socket head bolt with washer
39 72 7765 57 40 41 42 43 68
42 Spring 1-lock valve 88 Nipple-check valve
15 74 86 9 24 25 23 71 23 25 24 84 74 26 29 28 27 16 33 34 63 30 DETAIL OF LOCK VALVE (BOOM & ARM)
43 Piston 2 89 Spring-bypass cut spool
STRAIGHT-TRAVEL SPOOL DETAIL 44 Spool-regen selector 90 Plug-bypass cut spool
D-D (SWING PRIORITY & BOO2 & ARM2)
45 Spring-regeneration 91 Backup ring
300072MCV02
46 Stopper-regeneration
8-31
3. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
(1) All hydraulic components are manufactured to a high precision. Consequently, before
disassembling and assembling them, it is essential to select an especially clean place.
(2) In handling a control valve, pay full attention to prevent dust, sand, etc. from entering into it.
(3) When a control valve is to be remove from the machine, apply caps and masking seals to all
ports. Before disassembling the valve, recheck that these caps and masking seals are fitted
completely, and then clean the outside of the assembly. Use a proper bench for working.
Spread paper or a rubber mat on the bench, and disassemble the valve on it.
(4) Support the body section carefully when carrying or transferring the control valve. Do not lift by
the exposed spool, end cover section etc.
(5) After disassembling and assembling of the component it is desired to carry out various tests(For
the relief characteristics, leakage, flow resistance, etc.), but hydraulic test equipment is necessary
for these tests. Therefore, even when its disassembling can be carried out technically, do not
disassemble such components that cannot be tested, adjusted, and so on. Additionally one
should always prepare clean cleaning oil, hydraulic oil, grease, etc. beforehand.
2) TOOLS
Before disassembling the control valve, prepare the following tools beforehand.
8-32
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Disassembly of spools without holding valve
Η Loosen hexagon socket head bolts with washer
(Hexagon wrench : 5mm)
Θ Remove the pilot cover.
ö Pay attention not to lose the O-ring under the pilot cover.
Ι Remove the spool assembly from the body by hand slightly.
ö When extracting each spool from its body, pay attention not to damage the body.
ö When extracting each spool assembly, it must be extracted from spring side only.
ö When any abnormal parts are found, replace it with completly new spool assembly.
ö When disassembled, tag the components for identification so that they can be reassembled
correctly.
BOLT-SOCKET HEAD
O-RING
SPRING-RETURN
COVER-PILOT
29078MC20
8-33
(2) Disassembly of spools with holding valve(Boom 1, Arm 1 spool)
Η Loosen hexagon socket head bolts with washer
(Hexagon wrench : 5mm)
Θ Remove the pilot cover with internal parts.
ö Pay attention not to lose the O-ring and the poppet under the pilot cover.
ö Pay attention not to damage the "piston A" under pilot cover.
Ι Remove the spool assembly from the body by hand slightly.
ö When extracting each spool from its body, pay attention not to damage the body.
ö When extracting each spool assembly, it must be extracted from spring side only.
ö When any abnormal parts are found, replace it with completly new spool assembly.
ö When disassembled, tag the components for identification so that they can be reassembled
correctly.
SOCKET BOLT-HEX
PISTON "A"
ARM 1 SPOOL POPPET
POPPET SEAT
O-RING
RETURN SPRING
COVER-PILOT
29078MC21
8-34
(3) Disassembly of the holding valve
Η Remove the pilot cover with the holding valve as discribed on previous page.
ö Do not disassembled internal parts of the pilot cover.
Θ Loosen the poppet seat and remove the poppet, the spring seat, the spring and the check.
(Spanner : 32mm)
ö Pay attention not to lose the poppet.
ö Do not disassembled internal parts of the check.
POPPET SEAT
CHECK POPPET
SPRING
SPRING SEAT
COVER-PILOT
29078MC22
8-35
(4) Disassembly of the load check valve and the negative relief valve
Η The load check valve
a. Fix the body to suitable work bench.
ö Pay attention not to damage the body.
b. Loosen the plug (Hexagon wrench : 10mm).
c. Remove the spring and the load check valve with pincers or magnet.
PLUG
SPRING
29078MC23
P1 NEGATIVE
RELIEF VALVE
29078MC24
8-36
(5) Disassembly of the main and overload relief valve
Η Fix the body to suitable work bench.
Θ Remove the main relief valve.
(Spanner : 32mm)
Ι Remove the overload relief valve.
(Spanner : 32mm)
ö When disassembled, tag the relief valve for identification so that they can be reassembled
correctly.
ö Pay attention not to damage seat face.
ö When any abnormal parts are found, replace it with completly new relief valve assembly.
32mm HEX
29078MC25
32mm HEX
29078MC26
8-37
(6) Inspection after disassembly
Clean all disassembled parts with clean mineral oil fully, and dry them with compressed air.
Then, place them on clean papers or cloths for inspection.
Η Control valve
a. Check whole surfaces of all parts for burrs, scratches, notches and other defects.
b. Confirm that seal groove faces of body and block are smooth and free of dust, dent, rust etc.
c. Correct dents and damages and check seat faces within the body, if any, by lapping.
ö Pay careful attention not to leave any lapping agent within the body.
d. Confirm that all sliding and fitting parts can be moved manually and that all grooves and path's
are free foreign matter.
e. If any spring is broken or deformed, replace it with new one.
f. When a relief valve does not function properly, repair it, following it's the prescribed disassembly
and assembly procedures.
g. Replace all seals and O-rings with new ones.
Θ Relief valve
a. Confirm that all seat faces at ends of all poppets and seats are free of defects and show uniform
and consistent contact faces.
b. Confirm manually that main poppet and seat can slide lightly and smoothly.
c. Confirm that outside face of main poppet and inside face of seat are free from scratches and so
on.
d. Confirm that springs are free from breakage, deformation, and wear.
e. Confirm that orifices of main poppet and seat section are not clogged with foreign matter.
f. Replace all O-rings with new ones.
g. When any light damage is found in above inspections, correct it by lapping.
h. When any abnormal part is found, replace it with a completely new relief valve assembly.
8-38
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) General precaution
Η In this assembly section, explanation only is shown.
For further understanding, please refer to the figures shown in the previous structure &
disassembly section.
Θ Pay close attention to keeping all seals free from handling damage and inspect carefully for
damage before using them.
Ι Apply clean grease or hydraulic oil to the seal so as to ensure it is fully lubricated before
assembly.
Κ Do not stretch seals so much as to deform them permanently.
Λ In fitting O-rings, pay close attention not to roll them into their final position in addition, a twisted
O-ring cannot easily untwist itself naturally and could thereby cause inadequate sealing and
thereby both internal and external oil leakage.
Μ Tighten fitting bolts for all sections with a torque wrench adjusted to the respective tightening
torque.
Ν Do not reuse removed O-rings and seals.
(2) Load check valve
Η Assemble the load check valve and spring.
Θ Put O-rings on to plug.
Ι Tighten plug to the specified torque.
ÂHexagon wrench : 10mm
ÂTightening torque : 6~7kgfÂm(43.4~50.6lbfÂft)
(3) Negative control relief valve
Η Assemble the nega-con poppet, piston, spring holder and spring together into body.
Θ Put O-ring on to plug and tighten the latter to its specified torque.
ÂHexagon wrench : 12mm
ÂTightening torque : 8~9kgfÂm(57.8~65.1lbfÂft)
(4) Main relief, port relief valves
Install main relief valve, overload relief valve into the body and tighten to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
Component Tools
kgfÂm lbfÂft
Main relief valve(81) Spanner 32mm 8~9 57.8~65.1
Overload relief valve(82) Spanner 32mm 8~9 57.8~65.1
8-39
(6) Covers
Η Fit spool covers to the non-spring assembly end of the spool, and tighten the hexagonal socket
head bolts to the specified torque.
ÂHexagon wrench : 5mm
ÂTightening torque : 1~1.1kgfÂm(7.2~7.9lbfÂft)
ö Confirm that O-rings have been fitted.
Θ Fit spring covers to the spring end for the spools, and tighten hexagon socket head bolts to the
specified torque.
ÂHexagon wrench : 5mm
ÂTightening torque : 1~1.1kgfÂm(7.2~7.9lbfÂft)
ö Confirm that O-rings have been fitted.
(7) Holding valves
Η Assemble the check, spring seat and poppet together into body.
Θ Tighten the poppet seat to the specified torque.
ÂSpanner : 26mm
ÂTightening torque : 6~7kgfÂm(43.4~50.6lbfÂft)
Ι Fit the "piston A" under pilot cover with internal parts into hole on the poppet seat.
Κ Tighten hexagon socket head bolt to specified torque.
ÂHexagon wrench : 5mm
ÂTightening torque : 1~1.1kgfÂm(7.2~7.9lbfÂft)
8-40
GROUP 5 SWING DEVICE
2) INSTALL 9
8-41
2. SWING MOTOR
1) STRUCTURE
117 121 118 114 706 707 702 712 472 106 469 488 355 351 052 841
432 438
X X
106 303
471 A 748 993
443 A 747
304 444
468
487
746
101
491 745
437 433
124
451
301 122 123 113 116 111 744 742 031 743 131 401 051 994
464 485
30572SM02
8-42
2) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Lift the motor out. Clean the motor in
kerosene and dry with compressed air.
ö To avoid dust inside the motor, mask all
the ports of the motor with tapes.
32038SM01
32038SM02
32038SM03
32038SM04
8-43
(5) Remove the relief valve(051) from valve
casing(303).
32038SM05
32038SM06
32038SM07
32038SM08
8-44
(9) Remove brake piston(702) from casing
(301).
32038SM09
32038SM10
32038SM11
32038SM12
8-45
(13) Remove drive shaft(101) from casing
(301).
32038SM13
32038SM14
Press
Roller bearing
8-46
Ι Remove the roller bearing(444) from the
valve casing(303) by using slide hammer
bearing puller.
32038SM17
10
29078SM04
8-47
3) ASSEMBLY
Do the reassembly in the reverse procedure
of the disassembly.
(1) Place the casing(301) on the workbench
with the valve casing(303) downward.
32038SM20
32038SM21
Out put
Roundring parts of
the collar toward
spacer
Spacer
32038SM22
32038SM23
8-48
(4) Tack O-ring(471) to the casing(301).
32038SM25
32038SM26
32038SM27
32038SM28
8-49
(8) Insert the push rod(116) into the cylinder
(111). Place the retainer(113) assembled
with spacer(117) onto the cylinder.
ö Insert two push rods in each hole.
32038SM29
32038SM30
32038SM31
32038SM32
8-50
(12) Insert O-ring(706, 707) inside the casing
(301).
32038SM33
32038SM34
32038SM35
32038SM36
8-51
(16) Reassemble valve plate(131) to the valve
casing(303) and reassemble O-ring(472).
32038SM37
32038SM38
32038SM39
32038SM42
8-52
(20) Tighten the plug(468) to valve casing(303)
with O-ring(487) and tighten the plug(464)
to casing(301) with O-ring(485).
32038SM43
8-53
3. REMOVAL AND INSTALL OF REDUCTION GEAR
1) REMOVAL
(1) REMOVAL
Remove the swing motor assembly.
For details, see removal of swing motor
(2) assembly.
Sling reduction gear assembly(1) and
(3) remove mounting bolts(2).
Remove the reduction gear assembly.
13031GE18
ÂReduction gear device weight : 260kg
(573lb)
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
ÂMounting bolt : 49.2~66.6kgfÂm
(356~481lbfÂft) 1
2
29078SR01
8-54
4. REDUCTION GEAR
1) STRUCTURE
15
36 33 32 28 27 29 39 16 24 21 17 18 22 23
20 19
25
31
35
14
2
37
10 11
34 3 1 4 38 5 30 7 8 9 12 13 26
6
40 41 42
30072SM02A
8-55
2) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Spread off the 4 corners of lock washer 34 37
(34) with a tool. 36 35
ö Do not reuse lock washer(34).
Loosen the hexagon bolts(37) and then 3 20
remove lock washer(34) and lock plate(36)
from the pinion gear(35).
Remove pinion gear(35) and spacer ring
(20) from the drive shaft(3). 29078SR03
29078SR04
29078SR03
26
29078SR05
29078SR06
8-56
(5) Tighten two M10 eye bolts to carrier(10)
and lift up and remove carrier(10) as
subassembly.
10
29078SR07
8 17
15
14
29078SR09
29078SR10
8-57
(8) Remove ring gear(7) from middle casing
(2).
ö Put matching mark for easy reassembly.
7
RK
MA
29078SR11
2
29078SR12
1 RK
MA
29078SR13
29078SR14
8-58
(12) Tighten three M12 eye bolts to drive shaft
(3) and remove drive shaft(3) as
subassembly.
29078SR15
12
3
29078SR17
27
29078SR18
8-59
3) ASSEMBLY
22
(1) Assembling drive shaft assembly.
Η Soak the roller bearing(22) in boiled oil
(80~100Á C) and then take out and install
3
it to the drive shaft(3).
ö Confirm assembly coincidence.
Θ Put pinion shaft of drive shaft(3)
downwards.
29078SR19
29078SR20
11
3
29078SR21
23
29078SR22
8-60
(2) Fit oil seal(27) to the inside of front casing
(1).
27 1
29078SR23
1
29078SR24
1
29078SR25
21
1
29078SR26
8-61
(6) Apply loctite to the ring gear2(4) and then
mount middle casing(2) on the front
casing(1).
2
1
29078SR27
2
25
29078SR28
29078SR29
29078SR30
8-62
(10) Assembling carrier assembly.
Η Assemble the pin1(14) to the carrier(10) 38
and then press the spring pin(30) by 39
hammering. 24 10
Θ Punch 2 points of the spring pin(30) lip.
8 17
Ι Assemble side plate3(17) onto the center
of the carrier(10) and then assemble side 15
plate1(15) to the pin1(14).
Κ Assemble needle gauge(24) and planet 14
29078SR31
gear1(8) to the pin1(14).
38
39
10
29078SR32
29078SR33
29078SR34
8-63
(14) Apply loctite to the tapped holes of the ring
gear1(17) and then mount swing motor.
ö Don't fail to coincide the gauge bar hole.
Tighten socket bolts(26) around the swing
motor.
ÂTightening torque : 34kgfÂm(246lbfÂft)
26
29078SR35
29
29078SR36
8-64
GROUP 6 TRAVEL DEVICE
8-65
2. TRAVEL MOTOR
1) STRUCTURE
89-5 89-4 89-3 89-2 89-6 88-6 88-4 88-2 93 88-3 88-5 86 85 87 83 13 14 15 16 25 24 6 28 30 31 4 40 39 43 38 37 71 42 41 47 50
89-6 29
90-2 35
90-3 32
90-4 33
97 A 27
92 21
90-5 49
101
98 75,76
102 48
100 36
11 46
103
73 34
74 44
12
45
91
96
56
89-8 67
89-7
62
104
90-1 A
99
88-8
63
89-1
65
88-7 105 95 94 88-1 5 72 9 8 7 10 84 23 22 82 17 18 19 1 20 26 3 69 2 68 61 64 60 66 57 58,59 70 55 54 53 52 51
SECTION A-A
2907A2TM01
1 Casing 16 Plate 31 Ring 46 Back up ring 61 O-ring 83 Housing 89-1 Carrier No.2 92 Plug
2 Plug 17 Piston 32 Spring 47 Cap 62 Lock screw 84 Bearing 89-2 Planetary gear No.2 93 Lock pin
3 Screw 18 Stopper 33 Valve casing 48 Cap 63 Nut 85 Shim 89-3 Needle No.2 94 Ring gear
4 Screw 19 O-ring 34 Needle bearing 49 Bolt 64 Spool 86 Retainer 89-4 Thrust washer No.2 95 Bolt
5 Pin 20 Back up ring 35 O-ring 50 Socket bolt 65 Plug 87 Bolt 89-5 Pin No.2 96 Thrust ring No.1
6 Pin 21 Cylinder block 36 Pin 51 Seat 66 O-ring 88 Carrier No.3 89-6 Spring pin No.2 97 Cover
7 Stopper 22 Cylinder spring 37 Spool 52 Steel ball 67 Valve plate 88-1 Carrier No.3 89-7 Sun gear No.2 98 Thrust ring No.2
8 O-ring 23 Spacer 38 Screw 53 Stopper 68 Spring 88-2 Planetary gear No.3 89-8 Snap ring No.2 99 Bolt
9 Back up ring 24 Guide 39 Damping check 54 Plug 69 O-ring 88-3 Needle No.3 90 Carrier No.1 100 Motor ring
10 Piston 25 Plate 40 Spring 55 O-ring 70 Socket bolt 88-4 Thrust washer No.3 90-1 Carrier No.1 101 Thrust ring No.3
11 Shaft 26 Piston & Shoe assy 41 O-ring 56 Plug 71 Socket bolt 88-5 Pin No.3 90-2 Planetary gear No.1 102 Thrust ring No.1
12 Spacer 27 Plate 42 Plunger 57 Relief valve 72 Lock screw 88-6 Spring pin No.3 90-3 Needle bearing No.1 103 Pad
13 Roller bearing 28 Plate 43 Spring 58 O-ring 73 Oil seal 88-7 Sun gear No.3 90-4 Thrust washer No.1 104 Thrust ring No.2
14 Stop ring 29 Brake 44 Stopper 59 Back up ring 74 Lock ring 88-8 Snap ring No.3 90-5 Pin No.1 105 Coupling
15 Support 30 Ring 45 O-ring 60 Rod 82 Floating Seal 89 Carrier No.2 91 Sun gear No.1
8-66
2) TOOL AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
8-67
2. DISASSEMBLING
1) GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
(1) Generally, hydraulic equipment is precisely manufactured and clearances between each parts are
very narrow. Therefore, disassembling and assembling works should be performed on the clean
place where dusts hardly gather. Tools and kerosene to wash parts should also be clean and
handled with great care.
(2) When motor is removed from the host machine, wash around the ports sufficiently and put the
plugs so that no dust and/or water may invade. Take off these plugs just before the piping works
when re-attach it to the host machine.
(3) Before disassembling, review the sectional drawing and prepare the required parts, depending on
the purpose and the range of disassembling.
Seals, O-rings, etc., if once disassembled, are not reusable.
There are some parts that should be replaced as a subassembly.
Consult with the parts manual in advance.
(4) The piston can be inserted to whichever cylinder block for the initial assembling.
However, their combination should not be changed if they are once used. To reuse them, put the
matching mark on both pistons and cylinder block before disassembling.
Take great care not to pinch your hand between parts while disassembling nor let fall parts
on your foot while lifting them.
8-68
2) DISASSEMBLEING TRAVEL MOTOR
300072TM20
300072TM21 300072TM21A
300072TM22
300072TM23
8-69
(5) After detaching valve casing sub,
disassemble valve plate(67).
ö In case of serious abrasion of valve plate,
exchange it to a new one.
300072TM24A 300072TM24
300072TM25
300072TM25A
300072TM25B
300072TM26
300072TM27
8-70
(9) Disassemble swash plate(16).
300072TM28
300072TM29
300072TM30
300072TM31
8-71
(13) Disassemble valve casing sub.
ö Try to deal with needle bearing(3) without
any damage.
8-72
(14) Disassemble cylinder sub.
300072TM34
300072TM35
300072TM36
300072TM36B
300072TM36A
8-73
3) ASSEMBLING TRAVEL MOTOR
300072TM52
300072TM53
8-74
(4) Compress pin(36) into.
ö Using a hammer, make the height of pin
5mm from the a contact surface of valve
plate.
300072TM54
300072TM55
300072TM57
8-75
(8) Bond orifice screw(38) on the right and left
side of spool c.b(37) with a standard
torque.
ÂTightening torque : 7kgfÂm (50.63lbfÂft)
300072TM58
300072TM59 300072TM59A
300072TM59B 300072TM59C
300072TM60
8-76
(12)Assemble swash road(60) inserted by O-
ring(61).
300072TM62
300072TM63
300072TM64
8-77
(16)Assemble friction plate(27) and separated
plate(28) into cylinder.
300072TM66
300072TM67 300072TM67A
300072TM68
8-78
(20)Using a hammer and a handle, compress
pin(5, 6).
Η Pin(5) : Set the height as 10mm from the
contact surface of a plate
supporter. - 2pieces. 300072TM70 300072TM70A
300072TM71
300072TM72
300072TM73
8-79
(24)Assemble stopper L(36) combined by
plowing piston(35) and O-ring(42).
300072TM74 300072TM74A
300072TM75
300072TM76
300072TM77
8-80
(28)Assemble piston ring(30), piston ring
252(30) and 278(31) into brake piston(29).
300072TM78
300072TM79
300072TM80
300072TM81
8-81
(32)After inserting valve plate(67) into valve
casing, bond it into shaft casing with
hexagon socket bolt(70).
Η Spread grease on the back side of valve
plate, in order for valve plate to be
adhered well.
Θ Use a crane in assembling it into valve
plate shaft casing.
Ι Set holes, ͚5, of valve plate heading
toward the port of the inlet and outlet of 300072TM82
valve casing.
Κ Spread grease in the side of plowing
spool of plowing spring in order that
plowing spring can not be detached.
ÂTightening torque : 240kgfÂm
(1736lbfÂft)
ÂTightening torque : 180Ü10kgfÂm
(1302Ü72.3lbfÂft)
300072TM83
300072TM84
8-82
3. DISASSEMBLING REDUCTION UNIT
1) Preparation for disassembling
(1) The reduction units removed from
excavator are usually covered with mud.
Wash outside of propelling unit and dry it.
(2) Locate reducer in order for drain port to be
at the lowest level loosen taper screw plug
of drain port, and drain oil from reduction
gear.
ö While oil is still hot, inside of the unit
may be pressurized.
300078RD01
Take care of the hot oil gushing out of
the unit when loosening the plug.
(3) Mark for mating
Put marks on each mating parts when
disassembling so as to reassemble
correctly as before.
2) Setting reduction unit(or whole propelling
unit) on work stand for disassembling
(1) Remove hexagon socket head bolts(M10,
19) at 3 places from cover(17) almost
equally each other, and then install eye
bolts(M10).
Lift up the unit using them and place it on
work stand with cover upward.
ö Take great care not th pinch your hand
between parts while disassembling nor
let fall parts on your foot while lifting
them.
3) Removing cover
(1) Remove the rest of hexagon socket head
bolts(M10, 19) that secure ring gear.
Loosen all the socket bolts and then,
disassemble cover.
(2) As the cover(17) is adhered to ring
gear(14), dissemble ring gear(14) and
cover(17) by lightly hammering slantwise
upward using sharpen punch inserted
between the cover and ring gear.
8-83
4) Removing NO.1 carrier sub assy
(1) Remove No.1 sun gear
ö Be sure to maintain it vertical with the
ground when disassembling No.1 sun
gear.
300078RD02
300078RD03
300078RD04
300078RD05
8-84
6) Removing ring gear
(1) Remove hexagon socket head bolts(M14,
15) that secure ring gear and housing.
300078RD06
2907A8RD01
Hoist
I-Bolt
Ring gear
Housing
2907A8RD02
8-85
7) Remove No.3 carrier sub assy
(1) Removing No.3 sun gear
ö Be sure to maintain it vertical with the
ground when disassembling No.3 sun
gear.
300078RD09
Hoist
#3 Carrier assy
Housing
2907A8RD03
8) Remove coupling
(1) Remove coupling
Housing Coupling
2907A8RD04
8-86
9) Remove motor ring
(1) Remove motor ring using hand.
300078RD12
300078RD13
8-87
14) Dissembling No.1 carrier
(1) Remove thrust ring(16) from carrier.
(2) Knock spring pin(89-6) fully into No.1
pin(90-5).
(3) Remove planetary, thrust washer, No.1
pin, bearing from carrier.
300078RD15
8-88
6. ASSEMBLING REDUCTION GEAR
- General precautions
Clean every part by kerosene and dry them by air blow.
Surfaces to be applied by locktite must be decreased by solvent.
Check every part for any abnormals.
Each hexagon socket head bolt should be used with locktite No. 242 applied on its threads.
Apply gear oil slightly on each part before assembling.
Take great care not to pinch your hand between parts or tools while assembling nor let fall parts on
your foot while lifting them.
8-89
1) Assembling No.1 carrier
(1) Put No.1 carrier(90-1) on a flat place. Pin 1
(2) Install No.1 needle bearing(90-3) into No.1
planetary gear(90-2), put 2 ea of No.1 Thrust washer 1
2 Planetary gear 1
thrust washer(90-4) on both sides of
1
bearing, and then install it into carrier.
(3) Install No.1 pin(90-5) into No.1 carrier 3
where the holes for No.1 pin(90-5) are to Bearing 1
be in line with those of No.1 carrier, and Spring pin
then, install spring pins into the holes. 2907A8RD06
(4) Caulk carrier holes as shown on the
picture.
(5) Assembly ring thrust(96) into carrier.
300078RD15
1.0 - 2.0
2907A8RD19
8-90
2) Assembling No.2 carrier Planetary gear 2
(1) Make No.2 planetary gear(89-2) vertical, Pin 2
Needle bearing 2
assemble 8-9 ea of No.2 needle(89-3), Assembly jig
and then, assemble the remaining No.2
needle by use of the assembly jig for No.2
pin(89-5).
(2) Remove out the assembly jig for No.2 pin
and assemble 2 ea of No.2 thrust
washer(89-4) into No.2 carrier(89-1).
(3) Insert No.2 pin(89-5) into carrier where the 2907A8RD07
holes of No.2 pin(89-5) are in line with
those of carrier.
(4) Hammer spring pin(89-6) to insert into Pin 2
carrier hole and No.2 pin hole, and then,
caulk. Assemble 2 sets using the same Thrust washer 1
2
method.
Planetary gear 1
(5) Assemble ring thrust(98) into carrier.
1
3) Assembling No.3 carrier
(1) Assemble 4 sets, using the same method
3
for assembly of No.2 carrier. Bearing 1
Spring pin
2907A8RD08
Housing
2907A8RD09
300078RD21
8-91
5) Assembling housing
(1) Heat housing at 60~70Á C while clearing it
out and then, assemble bearing.
Main bearing
(2) Assemble floating seal into housing by use
of pressing jig as shown on the picture. Housing Press
ö Be sure to maintain it vertical with the
ground when assembling bearing and
floating seal.
2907A8RD10
2907A8RD11
Housing
2907A8RD12
2907A8RD13
8-92
8) Installing retainer(86) and shim(85)
(1) Measure clearance between main bearing
Retainer
and retainer by use of jig to decide the
thickness of shim and select and Shim
appropriate shim, and then, assemble Housing
retainer.
(2) Apply locktite(#242) on hexagon socket
head bolt(M12), and then, bolt.
2907A8RD14
300078RD13
Housing
2907A8RD15
Housing
2907A8RD16
8-93
11) Installing No.3 carrier sub assy
(1) Install eye bolt(M10) on No.3 carrier
assembly.
(2) Lift No.3 carrier assembly and then, Hoist
assemble it into reducer.
Carrier assy 3
ö Match it vertical with the spline of the
motor and the, slowly lower.
Housing
2907A8RD17
300078RD31
300078RD06
8-94
13) Installing No.3 sun gear(88-7)
(1) Install snap ring(88-8) in No.3 sun
gear(88-7) by use if snap ring flier.
(2) Install No.3 sun gear on the spline of No.3
carrier, matching teeth of them.
300078RD32
300078RD09
300078RD05
8-95
15) Installing No.2 sun gear(89-7)
(1) Install snap ring(89-8) on No.2 sun
gear(89-7) by use of snap ring flier.
(2) Install No.2 sun gear on the spline of No.2
carrier and No.2 planetary gear, matching
teeth of them.
300078RD33
300078RD04
300078RD03
300078RD02
8-96
18) Installing cover(97)
(1) Beat pad with plastic hammer, and press it
into the center of cover.
Pad Plastic hammer
(2) Apply three bond #104(locktite #515) on
the ring gear for without gap. Cover
(3) Put cover on ring gear, apply locktite(#242)
in hexagon socket head bolt(M10), and
then, bolt.
(4) Fill gear oil(8L) into drain port.
(5) Apply sealing tape(teflon) on PT3/4 plug
2908ARD18
and then, bolt.
300078RD35
8-97
GROUP 7 RCV LEVER
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
(2) Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.
8-98
2. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) STRUCTURE
26
27
29
30
28
22
24
25
23
20
17
19
18
14
15
12
11
16
9
13
8
6
7
10
21
5
1
3
2
4
Port 1, 3 Port 2, 4
21072SF06
8-99
1 Case 11 Plug 21 O-ring
2 Plug 12 Rod seal 22 Handle connector
3 Plug 13 O-ring 23 Nut
4 O-ring 14 Push rod 24 Insert
5 Spool 15 Plate 25 Boot
6 Shim 16 Bushing 26 Handle
7 Spring 17 Joint assembly 27 Switch assembly
8 Spring seat 18 Swash plate 28 Screw
9 Stopper 19 Adjusting nut 29 Switch assembly
10 Spring 20 Lock nut 30 Switch cover
8-100
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
Allen wrench 6 B
22
Spanner
27
(+) Driver Length 150
(-) Driver Width 4~5
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques
8-101
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Clean pilot valve with kerosene.
ö Put blind plugs into all ports
(2) Fix pilot valve in a vise with copper(or
lead) sheets.
(3) Remove end of boot(25) from case(1)
and take it out upwards.
25038RL02
25038RL02(2)
25038RL02(3)
8-102
(5) Loosen adjusting nut(19) and plate(18)
with spanners on them respectively, and
remove them.
RE04
RE05
RE06
RE07
8-103
(7) Remove plate(15).
RE08
RE10
RE11
8-104
(11) For disassembling reducing valve section,
stand it vertically with spool(5) bottom
placed on flat workbench. Push down
spring seat(8, 30) and remove two pieces
of semicircular stopper(9) with tip of small
minus screwdriver.
ö Pay attention not to damage spool
surface.
ö Record original position of spring seat(8,
RE14
30).
ö Do not push down spring seat more than
6mm.
RE15
RE16
RE17
8-105
RE18
RE19
RE20
8-106
(16) Cleaning of parts
Η Put all parts in rough cleaning vessel
filled with kerosene and clean them
(Rough cleaning).
ö If dirty part is cleaned with kerosene just
after putting it in vessel, it may be
damaged. Leave it in kerosene for a
while to loosen dust and dirty oil.
ö If this kerosene is polluted, parts will be
damaged and functions of reassembled
valve will be degraded.
Therefore, control cleanliness of
kerosene fully.
Θ Put parts in final cleaning vessel filled
with kerosene, turning it slowly to clean
them even to their insides(Finish
cleaning).
ö Do not dry parts with compressed air,
since they will be damaged and/or rusted
by dust and moisture in air.
(17) Rust prevention of parts.
Apply rust-preventives to all parts.
ö If left as they after being cleaned, they will
be rusted and will not display their
functions fully after being reassembled.
8-107
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) Tighten hexagon socket head plug(2) to
the specified torque.
ö Tighten two bolts alternately and slowly.
RE29
RE30
RE32
8-108
(5) Assemble O-ring(13) onto plug(11).
RE33
RE34
RE35
RE36
8-109
(9) When return spring is strong in force,
assemble 4 sets at the same time, utilizing
plate(15), and tighten joint(17) temporarily.
RE37
RE38
RE39
RE40
8-110
(14) Fit boot(25) and lock nut(20), and handle
subassembly is assembled completely.
25038RL02(4)
RE48
25038RL03(1)
25038RL03(2)
8-111
(17) Determine handle direction, tighten lock
nut(20) to specified torque to fix handle.
25038RL03(3)
25038RL03(4)
25038RL04
8-112
GROUP 8 TURNING JOINT
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal. 1
ö Take care of turning joint direction.
ö Assemble hoses to their original positions.
ö Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
2
the hydraulic oil leak or not.
21078TJ02
8-113
2. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) STRUCTURE
14 3
15
10 6
12 4
5
11
11
9
8
21078DA09
8-114
2) DISASSEMBLY
14
ö Before the disassembly, clean the turning 15
joint.
3
(1) Remove bolts(14), washer(15) and
cover(3).
21078DA10
21078DA11
Work bench
8-141(3)
11
9
1
21078DA12
8-115
3) ASSEMBLY
ö Clean all parts.
ö As a general rule, replace oil seals and O-
ring.
ö Coat the sliding surfaces of all parts with
engine oil or grease before installing.
11
9
1
21078DA12
21078DA13
21078DA11
8-116
(7) Install cover(3) to body(1) and tighten
bolts(14). 14
ÂTorque : 10~12.5kgfÂm(72.3~90.4lbfÂft) 15
21078DA10
8-117
GROUP 9 BOOM, ARM AND BUCKET CYLINDER
29078CY002
29078CY003
8-118
Κ Sling bucket cylinder assembly(8) and
remove bolt(6) then pull out pin (5). 8
Λ Remove bucket cylinder assembly(8).
ÂWeight : 250kg(551lb)
6 29078CY004
(2) Install
Η Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position of
the pin, do not insert your fingers in the
pin hole.
ö Bleed the air from the bucket cylinder.
ö Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.
8-119
2) ARM CYLINDER
(1) Removal
ö Expand the arm and bucket fully, lower the
work equipment to the ground and stop
the engine.
ö Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
Loosen the breather slowly to release the 13031GE18
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
ö Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Fit blind plugs in the hoses after Arm cylinder
disconnecting them, to prevent dirt or
dust from entering.
Η Set block between arm cylinder and
boom. Block
29078CY01
29078CY02
29078CY03
8-120
Λ Sling arm assembly(8) and remove bolt
(7) then pull out pin(6).
Μ Remove arm cylinder assembly(8).
8
ÂWeight : 375kg(826lb)
6 7
29078CY04
(2) Install
Η Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position of
the pin, do not insert your fingers in the
pin hole.
ö Bleed the air from the arm cylinder.
ö Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.
8-121
3) BOOM CYLINDER
(1) Removal
ö Expand the arm and bucket fully, lower the
work equipment to the ground and stop
the engine.
ö Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
Loosen the breather slowly to release the 13031GE18
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
ö Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Fit blind plugs in the hoses after
disconnecting them, to prevent dirt or dust 1
from entering.
Η Disconnect greasing hoses(1).
Θ Sling boom cylinder assembly.
29078CY05
4
5
50078CY11
29078CY07
8-122
Λ Disconnect boom cylinder hoses(7) and
put plugs on cylinder pipe.
29078CY08
8
9
29078CY09
(2) Install
Η Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position of
the pin, do not insert your fingers in the
pin hole.
ö Bleed the air from the boom cylinder.
ö Conformed the hydraulic oil level and
check the hydraulic oil leak or not.
8-123
2. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) STRUCTURE
(1) Bucket cylinder
Internal detail
23,25 28 27 29 31 24,26
2907A8BY01
8-124
(2) Arm cylinder
Internal detail
25,26,27,28
31 29 30 32 34 23,24
2907A8AM01
8-125
(3) Boom cylinder
Internal detail
23,25 28 27 29 24,26
2907A8BO01
8-126
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
6
8 B
Allen wrench
14
17
7
Spanner
8
(-) Driver Small and large sizes
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques
8-127
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Remove cylinder head and piston rod
ö Procedures are based on the bucket
cylinder.
Η Hold the clevis section of the tube in a
vise.
ö Use mouth pieces so as not to damage
the machined surface of the cylinder
tube. Do not make use of the outside
piping as a locking means.
m
0m
20
21078DA30
Cover here
with rag
2
21078DA31
8-128
Note that the plated surface of rod
assembly(2) is to be lifted. For this
reason, do not use a wire sling and
others that may damage it, but use a
strong cloth belt or a rope.
Wooden block
21078DA33
8-129
(3) Disassemble the piston assembly
17 16 15 16 17
Η Remove wear ring(16).
Θ Remove dust ring(17) and piston seal
(15).
ö Exercise care in this operation not to
damage the grooves.
2907A8CY03
8-130
3) ASSEMBLY
(1) Assemble cylinder head assembly
ö Check for scratches or rough surfaces if
found smooth with an oil stone.
Η Coat the inner face of gland(3) with
hydraulic oil.
21078DA37
8-157(2)
8-157(3)
21078DA38
8-131
Λ Fit back up ring(12) to gland(3).
ö Put the backup ring in the warm water of 11
30~50Á C.
12
Μ Fit O-ring(11) to gland(3).
21078DA39
8-158(2)
2907A8CY04
2907A8CY05
8-132
(3) Install piston and cylinder head
Η Fix the rod assembly to the work bench. Cylinder head assembly
Θ Apply hydraulic oil to the outer surface of
Rod assembly
rod assembly(2), the inner surface of
piston and cylinder head.
Ι Insert cylinder head assembly to rod
assembly.
21078DA40
8-159(2)
50078CY09
50078CY10
8-133
(3) Overall assemble Fix with a bar
Η Place a V-block on a rigid work bench.
Mount the tube assembly(1) on it and fix
Lift
the assembly by passing a bar through
the clevis pin hole to lock the assembly.
Θ Insert the rod assembly in to the tube Straight
assembly, while lifting and moving the
rod assembly with a crane.
ö Be careful not to damage piston seal by Appply liquid packing
21078DA41
thread of tube assembly.
Ι Match the bolt holes in the cylinder head
flange to the tapped holes in the tube
assembly and tighten socket bolts to a Turn clockwise
specified torque. Apply loctite
ö Refer to the table of tightening torque.
Place rag
21078DA42
8-134
GROUP 10 UNDERCARRIAGE
1. TRACK LINK
1) REMOVAL
(1) Move track link until master pin is over
front idler in the position put wooden block
Master pin
as shown.
(2) Loosen tension of the track link.
ö If track tension is not relieved when the
grease valve is loosened, move the
machine backwards and forwards.
(3) Push out master pin by using a suitable
tool.
Block
8-161(1)
8-161(2)
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
ö Adjust the tension of the track link. 90 ~ 110
21074OP14
8-135
2. CARRIER ROLLER Frame
1) REMOVAL
(1) Loosen tension of the track link. Grease
valve
8-162(1)
8-162(2)
8-162(3)
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
8-136
3. TRACK ROLLER Frame
1) REMOVAL
(1) Loosen tension of the track link. Grease
valve
8-163(1)
90-110ä
8-163(2)
8-163(3)
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
8-137
4. IDLER AND RECOIL SPRING
1) REMOVAL
(1) Remove the track link.
For detail, see removal of track link.
8-164(1)
8-164(2)
2, 3
8-164(3)
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
ö Make sure that the boss on the end face
of the recoil cylinder rod is in the hole of
the track frame.
8-164(4)
8-138
3) DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF IDLER
(1) Structure
5
1
2
2
7
5
6
7
4
4
3
6
29078ID01
8-139
(2) Disassembly Press
Η Remove plug and drain oil.
Θ Draw out the spring pin(7), using a press.
7 8-166(1)
3
8-166(2)
2
8-166(3)
8-140
(3) Assembly
ö Before assembly, clean the parts.
ö Coat the sliding surfaces of all parts with 1 2 Press
oil.
Η Cool up bushing(2) fully by some dry ice
and press it into shell(1).
Do not press it at the normal temperature,
or not knock in with a hammer even after
the cooling.
8-167(1)
8-167(2)
8-167(3)
8-167(4)
8-141
Μ Install bracket(6) attached with seal(5).
8-168(1)
8-168(2)
8-168(3)
8-142
4) DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF RECOIL SPRING
(1) Structure
4 7 8 6 5 3 2 1 9 10 11 12
13
29078UCG18
8-143
(2) Disassembly
Η Apply pressure on spring(3) with a press.
ö The spring is under a large installed load.
This is dangerous, so be sure to set 4
properly. 7,8
ÂSpring set load : 19012kg(41826lb) 6
Θ Remove bolt(7), spring washer(8) and
lock plate(6). 5
Ι Remove lock nut(5). 3
Take enough notice so that the press
which pushes down the spring, should
not be slipped out in its operation.
Κ Lighten the press load slowly and
remove bracket(4) and spring(3).
29078UCG02
13
29078UCG03
29078UCG04
8-144
(3) Assembly
Η Install dust seal(11), back up ring(10) and
rod seal(9) to body(1). 1 9 10 11
ö When installing dust seal(11) and rod
seal(9), take full care so as not to
damage the lip.
29078UCG05
29078UCG07
8-145
Μ Lighten the press load and confirm the
set length of spring(3). Press
Ν After the setting of spring(3), install lock
plate(6), spring washer(8) and bolt(7).
7,8
6
5
3
_ 1.5
580 +
29078UCG08
8-146
GROUP 11 WORK EQUIPMENT
1. STRUCTURE
A
A
29078WE01
8-147
2. REMOVAL AND INSTALL
1) BUCKET ASSEMBLY
(1) Removal
Η Lower the work equipment completely to
A
ground with back of bucket facing down.
B
8-174(1)
45078AT01
45078AT02
(2) Install
Η Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position of
the pin, do not insert your fingers in the
pin hole.
ö Adjust the bucket clearance.
For detail, see operation manual.
8-174(4)
8-148
2) ARM ASSEMBLY
(1) Removal
ö Loosen the breather slowly to release the
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrated the skin causing serious
injury.
Η Remove bucket assembly.
For details, see removal of bucket 8-175(1)
assembly.
Θ Disconnect bucket cylinder hose(1).
Fit blind plugs in the piping at the
chassis end securely to prevent oil from 5
spurting out when the engine is started.
Ι Sling arm cylinder assembly, remove 4
spring, pin stopper and pull out pin.
ö Tie the rod with wire to prevent it from
coming out.
4
Κ For details, see removal of arm cylinder
assembly.
21078DA16
Place a wooden block under the cylinder
and bring the cylinder down to it.
Λ Remove bolt(2), plate(3) and pull out the
pin(4) then remove the arm assembly.
ÂWeight : 1025kg(2260lb)
ö When lifting the arm assembly, always lift Crane
the center of gravity.
2, 3, 4
8-175(3)
(2) Install
Η Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When lifting the arm assembly, always lift
the center of gravity.
ö Bleed the air from the cylinder.
8-149
3) BOOM CYLINDER
(1) Removal
Η Remove arm and bucket assembly.
For details, see removal of arm and
bucket assembly.
Θ Remove boom cylinder assembly from
boom.
For details, see removal of arm cylinder
assembly. 8-176(1)
21078DA45
4, 5, 6
3
8-176(3)
(2) Install
Η Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When lifting the arm assembly, always lift
the center of gravity.
ö Bleed the air from the cylinder.
21078DA46
8-150
SECTION 9 COMPONENT MOUNTING TORQUE
damaged.
9-1
GROUP 2 ENGINE SYSTEM
Air cleaner
Muffler 4
3
3
B
4
1
3
3
6
6
5
A
6
4 B
Fan
2
1
Cab
5
Accel actuator
30079CM01
ÂTightening torque
9-2
COOLING SYSTEM AND FUEL TANK MOUNTING
Receiver drier
Condenser
Needle
valve Condenser
Intercooler
Pipe
bracket
Radiator
Reservoir Pipe
tank bracket
Fan guard
Oil cooler
Shroud
30079CM02
ÂTightening torque
9-3
GROUP 3 ELECTRIC SYSTEM
Work lamp
Alternator
4 Start relay
3
Travel alarm buzzer
Fuel filler
pump
ON
OFF
3 3
2
1
2
Washer tank
Battery relay
Horn
Battery
29079CM03
ÂTightening torque
9-4
ELECTRIC COMPONENTS MOUNTING 2
Beacon lamp
Wiper motor
Cluster
VIEW A
2
Electric box
1 YR
G
30079CM04
ÂTightening torque
9-5
GROUP 4 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Solenoid
valve
5 5 A
Air breather
Level gauge
5 3
Spin filter
Main pump
7
7 8
Hydraulic tank
Suction pipe
10
12 6
Swing motor
5
VIEW A
RCV-LH
11 Main pump
housing
1 11
RCV-RH Terminal 9
Coupling
1
3
4
5
5
30079CM05
ÂTightening torque
9-6
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS MOUNTING 2
Travel motor(RH)
3
6
3
Travel motor(LH)
3 2
Stop valve
2
1
3
2
RCV-pedal 5
Arm safety lock system
Arm safety
4 lock valve
Pipe
D/acting single pedal
1
4
Arm cylinder
Boom safety 4
lock valve
30079CM06
ÂTightening torque
9-7
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS MOUNTING 3
3
Solenoid valve
Manual
override
2
A
cc
1
7
A
1
6
A
2
A
3
3
A
4
A
5
Check valve T
4 Coil
7
BOOM CYLINDER
3
1
2
2 2
2
3 3
2 1
5 4
30079CM07
ÂTightening torque
9-8
GROUP 5 UNDERCARRIAGE
UNDERCARRIAGE MOUNTING
ADJUST COMPONENT
Rod
3
5
Swing bearing
Idler
10
10
Idler
7
Carrier roller
9 Track chain
Cover
4
1
2
Adjust
component
Track roller
Track guard
Travel motor
8
Sprocket 6
30079CM08
ÂTightening torque
9-9
GROUP 6 STRUCTURE
2
Sun roof
4
Sun visor 1
Latch
Cab
4 4
VIEW A 5
3
2
5
Door latch
6 Striker
29079CM09
ÂTightening torque
9-10
CAB INTERIOR MOUNTING
Seat
1
1
Storage
4 box cover
Aircon upper
cover
Console 1 5
box(RH) Storage
Wiper motor box
cover 1 5
Defroster 5
hose cover Aircon lower
cover
2 Console box(LH)
6 3
Travel
lever 5 Safety lever
Slide rail 2
Seat base 7
Pedal bracket
5
Viscous
mount
5
Foot rest
Bottom plate
5
29079CM10
ÂTightening torque
9-11
COWLING MOUNTING
Engine hood
Side cover(RH)
Pump hood 2 2
2
2
2 1
A
1
2 2 Pump
screen Air cleaner hood
Screen
2
HYD TANK
2
2
Tank cover
MCV hood
2 support
MCV hood
2 2
3
A
2 2
2
2
Base plate
2
Side cover(LH)
30079CM11
ÂTightening torque
9-12
COUNTERWEIGHT AND COVERS MOUNTING
2
Handle pipe
1
Fuel tank
Counterweight
A Fuel tank
cover
2 2
Tool box
Upper frame
A
1 1
Swing bearing grease 1
drain cover MCV under cover
Cab under cover(B)
1
1
30079CM12
ÂTightening torque
9-13
GROUP 7 WORK EQUIPMENT
Arm cylinder
rod pin
2
Arm cylinder
2 Boom cylinder
rod pin
Bucket cylinder
head pin 1
Bucket 1 2
cylinder
Arm pin Boom
Bucket cylinder Arm cylinder
rod pin 1 Boom pin
head pin Boom cylinder
Bucket head pin
2 control link
Boom
Bucket cylinder 1
2 3 2
Side cutter(RH)
1
Bucket control
rod pin
Cover plate
Side cutter(LH)
30079CM13
ÂTightening torque
9-14